0001857086 false 2022 --03-31 FY false P20D P30D P30D P10D 10 days P30D P180D P180D 0001857086 2021-04-01 2022-03-31 0001857086 DMAQ:ClassCommonStockParValue0.0001PerShareMember 2021-04-01 2022-03-31 0001857086 DMAQ:RightsEachExchangeableIntoOnetenthOfOneShareOfClassCommonStockMember 2021-04-01 2022-03-31 0001857086 2021-09-30 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2022-06-24 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2022-06-24 0001857086 2022-03-31 0001857086 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2021-03-31 0001857086 2020-07-08 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-04-01 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2020-07-08 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2021-04-01 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2020-07-08 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:PreferredStockMember 2020-07-07 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonStockMember us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2020-07-07 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonStockMember us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2020-07-07 0001857086 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-07-07 0001857086 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-07-07 0001857086 2020-07-07 0001857086 us-gaap:PreferredStockMember 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonStockMember us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonStockMember us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:PreferredStockMember 2020-07-08 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonStockMember us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2020-07-08 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonStockMember us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2020-07-08 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-07-08 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-07-08 2021-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:PreferredStockMember 2021-04-01 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonStockMember us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-04-01 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonStockMember us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2021-04-01 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-04-01 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-04-01 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2021-04-01 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:PreferredStockMember 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonStockMember us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonStockMember us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2022-03-31 0001857086 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2022-03-31 0001857086 2021-10-28 2021-10-29 0001857086 2021-10-29 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-10-29 0001857086 2021-10-01 2021-12-31 0001857086 2021-03-15 0001857086 2021-08-01 2022-03-31 0001857086 2021-12-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-12-31 0001857086 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2021-12-31 0001857086 us-gaap:RightsMember 2021-04-01 2022-03-31 iso4217:USD xbrli:shares iso4217:USD xbrli:shares xbrli:pure

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from _____________ to ______________

 

Commission File No. 001-40970

 

Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   85-3269086

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

595 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, NY   10017
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

  

(917) 289-2776
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

N/A
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Trading Symbol(s)   Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share   DMAQ   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Rights, each exchangeable into one-tenth of one share of Class A Common Stock   DMAQR   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes   No 

 

   

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes   No 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

☐ Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer
☒ Non-accelerated filer  Smaller reporting company
   Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐ 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act): Yes   No 

 

As of September 30, 2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the registrant’s securities were not publicly traded. Accordingly, there was no market value for the registrant’s securities on such date.

 

As of June 24, 2022, there were 13,270,700 shares of Class A common stock and 3,162,500 shares of Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value, issued and outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

None.

 

 

   

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       

Page

Numbers

PART I   1
         
Item 1.   Business   1
         
Item 1A.   Risk Factors   19
         
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments   50
         
Item 2.   Properties   50
         
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings   51
         
Item 4.   Mine Safety Disclosures   51
         
PART II   51
         
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   51
         
Item 6.   Reserved   52
         
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   52
         
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   59
         
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   59
         
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures   59
         
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures   60
         
Item 9B.   Other Information   61
         
Item 9C.   Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.   61
         
PART III   61
         
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   61
         
Item 11.   Executive Compensation   70
         
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   71
         
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   73
         
Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services   76
         
PART IV   77
         
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   77
         
Item 16.   Form 10-K Summary   79
         
    Signatures   80

 

 i 
   

 

 

 

PART I

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

The information in this Annual Report contains forward-looking statements and information within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which are subject to the “safe harbor” created by those sections. The words “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “projects,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “would” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in the Company’s forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on the Company’s forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements that we make. The forward-looking statements are applicable only as of the date on which they are made, and we do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are made based on the Company’s current expectations, forecasts, estimates and assumptions, and involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause results or events to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, uncertainties and risks that could affect the Company’s future results or operations. These factors, uncertainties and risks may cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should carefully consider these risk and uncertainties described and other information contained in the reports we file with or furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) before making any investment decision with respect to the Company’s securities. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on the Company’s behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement.

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

 

ORGANIZATION AND INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

 

Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp. (the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our”) is a blank check company incorporated on July 8, 2020, under the laws of the State of Delaware for the purpose of entering into a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”). While the Company may, subject to certain limitations, pursue a Business Combination target with operations or prospects in the digital healthcare and artificial intelligence (AI) in medicine sector in the global market.

 

As of March 31, 2022, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2022, relates to the Company’s formation and its initial public offering (“IPO”), which is described below, and subsequent to its IPO, identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the cash and marketable securities held in the Trust Account (as defined below). The Company has selected March 31 as its fiscal year end.

 

On October 29, 2021, the Company consummated its IPO of 12,650,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units, the “Public Shares”) at $10.00 per unit, which included 1,650,000 Units issued pursuant to the full exercise by the Underwriters (as defined below) of their over-allotment option, and the private sale of an aggregate of 519,500 Units (the “Private Placement Units” and with respect to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units, the “Private Placement Shares”) to its sponsor, Bright Vision Sponsor LLC (the “Sponsor”) and I-Bankers Securities, Inc. (“I-Bankers” or “Underwriters”) at a purchase price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, generating gross proceeds of $5,195,000 to the Company that closed simultaneously with the closing of the IPO (see Note 3). The Company’s securities have been listed on the Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”). On December 2, 2021, the Company’s Units no longer traded, and shares of the Company’s Class A common stock and rights underlying the Units commenced trading separately.

 

Transaction costs amounted to $7,282,500 consisting of $2,530,000 in cash of underwriting commissions, $4,427,500 of business combination marketing fee, and $325,000 of other offering costs. 

  1 
Table of Contents  

 

Upon the closing of the IPO on October 29, 2021, the Company deposited $127,765,000 ($10.10 per Unit) from the proceeds of the IPO and certain proceeds of the sales of Private Placement Units in the trust account (“Trust Account”), located in the United States and invested only in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting certain conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds held in the Trust Account, as described below.

 

Following the closing of the IPO, cash of $764,101 was held outside of the Trust Account (as defined below) and is available for working capital purposes. As of March 31, 2022, the Company had available cash of $877,099 on its balance sheet and working capital of $655,693.

 

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the Private Placement Units, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete a Business Combination with one or more operating businesses or assets that together have an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if permitted, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting commissions) at the time of the Company’s signing a definitive agreement in connection with its initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires an interest in the target business or assets sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).

 

PROPOSED BUSINESS

General

We are a blank check company incorporated on July 8, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. We have not selected any specific business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of the IPO and the private placement of the private placement units, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial business combination (including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following the consummation of the IPO or otherwise), shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, or a combination of the foregoing.

While we may pursue an acquisition or a business combination target in any business or industry, we intend to concentrate our efforts in identifying a target in the healthcare industry with an equity value of approximately $300 million to $1 billion. The healthcare industry, the focus of our company, has been chosen due to the myriad of the opportunities it offers, as well as our deep expertise in it that can be a source of significant competitive advantage.

In addition to being the largest sector of the world economy, the healthcare sector is also the fastest growing. This is due to a number of demographic, technological, and economic reasons. The aging global population means that people live longer to develop many “old-age” chronic diseases such as hypertension, heart disease, cancer, and many other diseases. There has been significant progress in the ability to manage these diseases over the last century. In 1970, the probability of dying from a heart attack was over 30%, while today it is less than 5%. Hairy cell leukemia was universally fatal in the late 90’s, while today most patients are cured with the first round of chemotherapy. The pace of innovation in medical science has accelerated due to the increase in global wealth and the available funding for research, better equipment and techniques, and increased sophistication in designing clinical trials. Also, increased consumerism in healthcare means that the use of healthcare services has continued to rise along with the rise in consumer wealth and education.

Most recently, there has been significant interest and research in the use of digital technologies in all aspects of healthcare. This spans translational medical research, clinical trials, telehealth, disease management, patient monitoring, and more. One of the key drivers of this trend was the Affordable Care Act, that provided significant funds for the adoption of the EHR. Once the data began to be digitized, the possibility of using that data to uncover new insights about diseases and managing

  2 
Table of Contents  

patients more proactively and precisely became possible. The past decade has seen the launch of many companies the digital health space and there has been key learnings from the successes and failures of these products and companies.

Most recently, with the advancement of the big data and analytics capabilities and the re-emergence of AI, there is intense focus in the application of AI in healthcare. This is due to the increased availability of big data, increased computing power, and more sophisticated analytic capabilities. There is now more than a decade of EHR data and increasingly, the data from radiology, pathology, ophthalmology, among others, is digitized. This opens up a world of possibilities for using AI in discovering, developing, and delivering the next generation of diagnostics and therapeutics. The last few years has seen the FDA approvals of the first wave of AI solutions in medicine. Applications in radiology and pathology show that ML algorithms can be used to accelerate diagnosis, complement human judgement and subjectivity, and provide consistency across individuals and institutions. Drug discovery and development, one of the most promising applications of AI in medicine, is seeing significant early interest from the public sector and pharma companies.

There are significant issues in healthcare that give rise to the opportunities for AI: large number of serious diagnostic errors, mistakes in treatment, waste of resources, inefficiencies in workflows, and more. AI in medicine market is seeing explosive growth. In 2018, the market for AI in medicine was at ~$2B, mostly in computer aided diagnosis in mammograms. This is projected to increase by 18 folds by 2025 to $36B. Most of this projected growth is expected to be due to diagnostics such as applications in radiology and pathology. In radiology, drivers of growth will be soft tissue imaging such as MRI and CT scans. Some of the top projected applications will include robot-assisted surgery, virtual nursing assistants, dosage error reduction, automated image diagnosis, preliminary diagnosis, clinical trial participant identifier, and more.

In private market funding, healthcare AI start-ups have raised over $6B across more than 700 deals since 2013, topping all other industries in AI deal activity. So far, diagnostics has been a major driver of health AI deals. The more streamlined and faster FDA approval process for medical algorithms has meant new commercial pathways for over 100 AI imaging & diagnostics companies that have raised equity financing since 2013, accounting for a total of close to 200 deals. These companies span a number of potential promising areas for AI in medicine but Development of new treatments, population health, and workflow automation are considered the most promising applications. A review of the vast array of potential value propositions being funded reveal that investors believe that AI/ML has the potential to disrupt all aspects of healthcare business and delivery.

Although many algorithms are being created, only a small fraction will ever be widely commercialized due to the many barriers at various stages. These include algorithms that do not perform as expected in the real clinical environment, where the clinical cases encountered many be more diverse than the data used to train the algorithm; incompatibility with the entire clinical workflow; inability to reproduce the results by other investigators and clinicians; lack of supporting data from large-scale clinical trials analogous to the ones used for drugs and medical devices; and the lack of existing infrastructure in health systems to install these algorithms. It is increasingly clear that solving for these barriers and clinical use cases will be the differentiator between companies that succeed in achieving commercial success and those that fail to gain traction in spite of strong use cases or innovative solutions.

Given the complexity of the healthcare sector and the many factors that can lead to the success or failure of any new solutions, and especially in an emerging field such as AI in medicine, the next few years will present huge opportunities for knowledgeable investors and operators to fund and develop companies that can navigate this challenging landscape. Our team includes members who have developed and commercialized some of the most innovative solutions in digital health over the past decade and have deep knowledge and expertise in the barriers that prevent well-conceived solutions from ever achieving their promise. They have also been advising medical centers and life science companies in evaluating and adopting big data solutions in digital and AI and understand the needs of these stakeholders and their complex internal workflows and challenges.

Competitive Differentiation

We intend to capitalize on the mentioned deep expertise and experience of our team to identify, acquire, and operate companies in the AI in Medicine space. Given the enormous opportunity and the exponential growth ahead coupled with the complexity of identifying the promising solutions that can actually gain clinical adoption, our team will be able to deliver significant risk-adjusted returns for our investors.

    Industry expertise: diverse background of our team members includes deep clinical expertise as practicing physicians, life sciences consulting experience at McKinsey, Founders and CEOs of digital health companies, investors in healthcare and biopharma and experience in corporate transactions such as equity fundraising, M&A, and IPOs.

 

  3 
Table of Contents  

    Strong network: the diverse background of our team and their many years in the different areas in healthcare, including experience as clinicians at the highest level of clinical medicine at institutions such as the Mayo Clinic and with the top life science companies as McKinsey consultants, and investors in high-impact companies, means that sourcing companies and finding great talent for them, and helping them with connecting to the right clinical institutions will be a major source of competitive advantage.
       
    Deal experience: members of our team has been involved in some of the largest equity and M&A deals in healthcare and digital health over the last two decades, including the Pfizer acquisition of Wyeth pharmaceuticals, equity financing of digital health companies such as Castlight health and Acupera, and exists of companies such as Flatiron health.
       
    Operational value-add: given the experience of the team in commercializing digital solutions in healthcare, there will be significant lessons learned that can be used in ensuring product-market fit and faster adoption. This will also include a network of medical centers that can be used to generate evidence for the solutions that will eventually be the major driver for the adoption of such solutions.

This narrow focus in AI in Medicine, one of the most promising fields in healthcare, already experiencing explosive growth, coupled with the complexity of achieving commercial success in this space, means that our team’s background and experience can be a source of great differentiation and value creation for our investors.

Acquisition Criteria 

A methodical and disciplined approach will be used to identify and evaluate potential acquisition targets. This score-card based approach will be heavily informed by our experience in developing and commercializing digital health products.

    Sector focus: although AI in Medicine will touch almost every aspect of healthcare, the short- and medium-term applications that will yield significant growth and ROI will be in certain sectors that have certain characteristics. These include the presence of large amounts of structured data, current diagnostic or therapeutic challenges, current solutions with significant limitations, and available infrastructure and workflows to launch the solutions.
       
    Nature of products and solutions: experience to date in AI in Medicine shows that successfully developed algorithms with FDA approval have struggled to gain traction in clinical medicine due to a number of factors. These include the urgency of the issues they are tackling, complexity of their incorporation into the clinical workflows, reimbursement issues by payers, impact on medical center revenues and profits, and more. This vast experience with what it takes to reach clinical adoption and commercial success will guide our selection of potential targets.
       
    Opportunities for accelerating growth: innovative companies with algorithms in radiology, dermatology, pathology, drug discovery and so forth are encountering various barriers for the adoption of their solutions. Examination of the leadership of these companies shows great technical and product expertise but limited clinical experience or lack of familiarity with the process of generating evidence that leads to clinical adoption and insurance reimbursement. Given the depth and diversity of the experience in our team, we will look for innovative companies that have products that can gain clinical adoption and reimbursement if the right evidence is generated with a network of clinical partners.
       
    Strong management teams: given the complexity of healthcare and the blend of expertise that will be needed to develop strong products and incorporate them into the clinical workflows, we will look for teams that have a strong track record of developing products, strong data science expertise, digital application experience, with clinical experience preferred by not absolutely necessary as our team will be able to round out their data and digital experience with expertise in clinical and digital health, as well as commercial and corporate finance experience.

These criteria are not exhaustive and we will consider these along with other key criteria as we embark on the journey to identify and evaluate companies. There will be company-specific criteria that will emerge as we examine the products and business models of the companies in AI in Medicine. Given the deep and diverse experience of our team, we will be able to discern the product- and company-specific criteria of success and determine the company’s strengths and weaknesses against those criterial and in the case of weaknesses, how our team can be a catalyst in overcoming those weaknesses.

  4 
Table of Contents  

Initial Business Combination

Nasdaq rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. Our board of directors will make the determination as to the fair market value of our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board of directors will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of our initial business combination, it may be unable to do so if it is less familiar or experienced with the business of a particular target or if there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of a target’s assets or prospects. Additionally, pursuant to Nasdaq rules, any initial business combination must be approved by a majority of our independent directors.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination either (i) in such a way so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses, or (ii) in such a way so that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or stockholders, or for other reasons. However, we will only complete an initial business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the initial business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination.

If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of Nasdaq’s 80% of net assets test. If the initial business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the transactions and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking stockholder approval, as applicable.

Our Business Combination Process

In evaluating prospective business combinations, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review process that will encompass, among other things, a review of historical and projected financial and operating data, meetings with management and their advisors (if applicable), on-site inspection of facilities and assets, discussion with customers and suppliers, legal reviews and other reviews as we deem appropriate.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor or our officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. 

We will issue to our officers and our directors an aggregate of 300,000 post business combination shares within 10 days following the business combination, with the same lock-up restrictions and registration rights as the founder shares. Because of this arrangement, our sponsor and our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors were to be included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

We have not selected any specific business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target.

  5 
Table of Contents  

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will not materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

Our Management Team

Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that any member of our management team will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.

We believe our management team’s operating and transaction experience and relationships with companies will provide us with a substantial number of potential business combination targets. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships in various industries. This network has grown through the activities of our management team sourcing, acquiring and financing businesses, our management team’s relationships with sellers, financing sources and target management teams and the experience of our management team in executing transactions under varying economic and financial market conditions. See the section of this Annual Report entitled “Management” for a more complete description of our management team’s experience.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As a public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination with us. Following an initial business combination, we believe the target business would have greater access to capital and additional means of creating management incentives that are better aligned with stockholders’ interests than it would as a private company. A target business can further benefit by augmenting its profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees. In a business combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their shares of stock in the target business for our shares of Class A common stock (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of our shares of Class A common stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers.

Although there are various costs and obligations associated with being a public company, we believe target businesses will find this method a more expeditious and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process takes a significantly longer period of time than the typical business combination transaction process, and there are significant expenses in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, marketing and road show efforts that may not be present to the same extent in connection with an initial business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed initial business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring or could have negative valuation consequences. Following an initial business combination, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholders’ interests and the ability to use its shares as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees. 

While we believe that our structure and our management team’s backgrounds will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, such as our lack of an operating history and our ability to seek stockholder approval of any proposed initial business combination, negatively.

  6 
Table of Contents  

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior September 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the end of the prior September 30, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior September 30.

Offering Structure

Unlike other blank check companies that sell units comprised of shares of common stock and warrants to purchase a full share of common stock in their initial public offerings, we are selling units, each unit comprised of one share of Class A common stock and one right which entitles the holder thereof to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one share of Class A common stock upon consummation of our initial business combination. Our management believes that investors in similarly structured blank check offerings, and those likely to invest in the IPO, have come to expect the units of such companies to include one share of common stock and another security which would allow the holders to acquire additional shares of common stock. Without the ability to acquire such additional shares of common stock, our management believes the investors would not be willing to purchase units in such companies’ initial public offerings. Accordingly, because the number of shares ordinarily issuable upon exercise of the warrants found in the structure of other blank check initial public offerings is lessened in our case (since units often consist of a whole warrant that entitles the holder thereof to receive a full share of common stock as opposed to the one-tenth (1/10) of one share the rights entitle a holder to receive), our management believes we may be viewed more favorably by potential target companies when determining which company to engage in a business combination with. However, our management may be incorrect in this belief.

Financial Position

With funds available for an initial business combination initially in the amount of $123,337,500 assuming no redemptions, after payment of $4,427,500 of Marketing Fee payable to I-Bankers, in each case before fees and expenses associated with our initial business combination, together with the Marketing Fee,  we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt or leverage ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

  7 
Table of Contents  

Effecting Our Initial Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following the IPO. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of the IPO and the private placement of the private placement units, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial business combination (including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following the consummation of the IPO or otherwise), shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, or a combination of the foregoing. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our Class A common stock, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We may seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, and we may effectuate our initial business combination using the proceeds of such offering rather than using the amounts held in the trust account. In addition, we intend to target businesses larger than we could acquire with the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement units, and may as a result be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would expect to complete such financing only simultaneously with the completion of our initial business combination. In the case of an initial business combination funded with assets other than the trust account assets, our proxy materials or tender offer documents disclosing the initial business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by law, we would seek stockholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately, or through loans in connection with our initial business combination. At this time, we are not a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities or otherwise.

Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers and investment professionals. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us by calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this Annual Report and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as our sponsor and their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. In addition, we expect to receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the business relationships of our officers and directors and our sponsor and their affiliates. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee, advisory fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event, however, will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which our sponsor or officers are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, reimbursement, consulting fee, monies in respect of any payment of a loan or other compensation by the company prior to, or in connection with any services rendered for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). None of our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be allowed to receive any compensation, finder’s fees or consulting fees from a prospective business combination target in connection with a contemplated initial business combination prior to the business combination. However, we will issue to our officers and directors an aggregate of 300,000 post business combination shares, with the same lock-up restrictions and registration rights as the founder shares. Some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with

  8 
Table of Contents  

the post-transaction company following our initial business combination. The presence or absence of any such fees or arrangements will not be used as a criterion in our selection process of an initial business combination candidate.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with an initial business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or making the initial business combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with an initial business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

As more fully discussed in the section of this Annual Report entitled “Management — Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of an initial business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of our Initial Business Combination

Nasdaq rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. The fair market value of our initial business combination will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation, a valuation based on trading multiples of comparable public businesses or a valuation based on the financial metrics of M&A transactions of comparable businesses. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board of directors will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of our initial business combination, it may be unable to do so if it is less familiar or experienced with the business of a particular target or if there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of a target’s assets or prospects. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In any case, we will only complete an initial business combination in which we own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquire a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we own or acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be taken into account for purposes of Nasdaq’s 80% of net assets test. There is no basis for investors in the IPO to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any target business with which we may ultimately complete our initial business combination.

To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective business target, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review, which may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial and other information that will be made available to us.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

  9 
Table of Contents  

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. In addition, we intend to focus our search for an initial business combination in a single industry. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

    subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination, and
       
    cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’ management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Following an initial business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC. However, we will seek stockholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons. Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of initial business combinations we may consider and whether stockholder approval is currently required under Delaware law for each such transaction.

 

Type of Transaction   Whether Stockholder Approval is
Required
Purchase of assets   No
Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the company   No
Merger of target into a subsidiary of the company   No
Merger of the company with a target   Yes

Under Nasdaq’s listing rules, stockholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

    we issue shares of Class A common stock that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding;

 

  10 
Table of Contents  

 

    any of our directors, officers or substantial stockholders (as defined by Nasdaq rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of common stock could result in an increase in outstanding common shares or voting power of 5% or more; or
       
    the issuance or potential issuance of common stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.

Permitted Purchases of our Securities

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our initial stockholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or rights in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. There is no limit on the number of shares our initial stockholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase in such transactions, subject to compliance with applicable law and Nasdaq rules. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material nonpublic information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. None of the funds held in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or rights in such transactions prior to completion of our initial business combination. 

The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the initial business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the initial business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of rights could be to reduce the number of rights, or underlying shares, outstanding. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our shares of Class A common stock or rights may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the stockholders with whom our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, officers, directors, or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against our initial business combination, whether or not such stockholder has already submitted a proxy with respect to our initial business combination. Our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Any purchases by our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchases are subject to such reporting requirements.

Redemption Rights for Public Stockholders upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business

  11 
Table of Contents  

combination including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.10 per public share. Our initial stockholders, officers and directors and I-Bankers have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private placement shares, representative shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the initial business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed initial business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under the law or stock exchange listing requirement. Under Nasdaq rules, asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require stockholder approval. If we structure an initial business combination with a target company in a manner that requires stockholder approval, we will not have discretion as to whether to seek a stockholder vote to approve the proposed initial business combination. We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless stockholder approval is required by law or stock exchange listing requirements or we choose to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons. So long as we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on Nasdaq, we will be required to comply with such rules.

If a stockholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

    conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and
       
    file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our initial business combination, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares which are not purchased by our sponsor, which number will be based on the requirement that we will only redeem our public shares so long as (after such redemption) our net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 either immediately prior to or upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

    conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and
       
    file proxy materials with the SEC.
  12 
Table of Contents  

In the event that we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the initial business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of shares of outstanding capital stock of the company representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our initial stockholders will count toward this quorum and pursuant to the letter agreement, our initial stockholders, officers and directors and I-Bankers have agreed to vote their founder shares, private placement shares, representative shares and any public shares purchased during or after the IPO (including in open market and privately negotiated transactions) in favor of our initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding shares of common stock voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. As a result, in addition to founder shares, private placement shares and representative shares, we would need only 4,433,401 shares, or 35.0%, of the 12,650,000 public shares sold in the IPO to be voted in favor of an initial business combination (assuming all outstanding shares are voted), or 325,101 shares, or 2.6%, the 12,650,000 public shares sold in the IPO to be voted in favor of an initial business combination (assuming only a quorum is present), in order to have our initial business combination approved. We intend to give approximately 30 days (but not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days) prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our initial business combination. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial stockholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will only redeem our public shares so long as (after such redemption) our net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 either immediately prior to or upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed initial business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed initial business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the initial business combination or redeem any shares, and all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof. 

Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination if we Seek Stockholder Approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the IPO, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” Such restriction shall also be applicable to our affiliates. We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed initial business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the IPO could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in the IPO without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with an initial business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.

  13 
Table of Contents  

Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

We may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the initial business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two days prior to the vote on the initial business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for stockholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the stockholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed initial business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the initial business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the stockholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the initial business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s stock in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the initial business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the initial business combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the tender offer materials or the date of the stockholder meeting set forth in our proxy materials, as applicable. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial business combination.

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.If our initial proposed initial business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete an initial business combination with a different target until 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report).

Ability to Extend Time to Complete Business Combination

We will have until 12 months from the closing of the IPO to consummate an initial business combination. However, if we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may extend the period of time to consummate a business combination up to two times, each by an additional three months (for a total of up to 18 months to complete a business combination). Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the trust agreement entered into between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company on October 26, 2021, in order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our sponsor or its affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account up

  14 
Table of Contents  

to $1,265,000 ($0.10 per share) on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline, for each three month extension (or up to an aggregate of $2,530,000, or $0.20 per share, if we extend for the full six months). In the event that we receive notice from our sponsor five days prior to the applicable deadline of their intent to effect an extension, we intend to issue a press release announcing such intention at least three days prior to the applicable deadline. In addition, we intend to issue a press release the day after the applicable deadline announcing whether or not the funds had been timely deposited. Our sponsor and its affiliates or designees are not obligated to fund the trust account to extend the time for us to complete our initial business combination. 

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if no Initial Business Combination

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will have only 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report) to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within such 12-month period (or up to 18-month period), we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our rights, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the 12-month time period (or up to 18-month period).

Our initial stockholders, officers and directors and I-Bankers have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares, private placement shares or representative shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report). However, if our initial stockholders officers or directors acquire public shares in or after the IPO, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 12-month time period (or up to 18-month period).

Our initial stockholders, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we will only redeem our public shares so long as (after such redemption) our net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 either immediately prior to or upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement (described above), we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time.We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $900,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. We will depend on sufficient interest being earned on the proceeds held in the trust account to pay any franchise and income tax obligations we may owe. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the trust account not required to pay franchise and income taxes on interest income earned on the trust account balance, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $50,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

  15 
Table of Contents  

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement units, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.10. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.10. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. MaloneBailey, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, and the underwriters of the offering, will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account.

In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.10 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.10 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below (i) $10.10 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations.

While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations and we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.10 per public share.

  16 
Table of Contents  

 

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will have access to up to approximately $500,000 from the proceeds of the IPO with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $50,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $500,000, we may fund such excess with funds from the funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $500,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report) may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law.

If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report), is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report), we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following our 12th month (or up to 21st month) and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses.

  17 
Table of Contents  

As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account.

As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the trust account is remote. Further, our sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the trust account are not reduced below (i) $10.10 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay taxes and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.10 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend any provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, and (iii) the redemption of all of our public shares if we are unable to complete our business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report), subject to applicable law.

In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with the initial business combination alone will not result in a stockholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights as described above. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with a stockholder vote.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, and operating businesses seeking strategic business combinations. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than we do. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the initial business combination of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

  18 
Table of Contents  

Employees

We currently have two officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the initial business combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. We consider the Company’s relations with the Company’s employees to be good.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

Class A common stock and rights have been registered under the Exchange Act and we have reporting obligations under such act, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with, or reconciled to, GAAP, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential targets we may conduct an initial business combination with because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential business combination candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that these requirements cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential business combination candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2022 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such business combination. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our shares of Class A common stock that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior September 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have identified the following risks and uncertainties that may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision.

 Risks Relating to our Search for, Consummation of, or Inability to Consummate,

a Business Combination and Post-Business Combination Risks

We are a newly formed company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a newly formed company with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until obtaining funding through the IPO. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our

  19 
Table of Contents  

business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning an initial business combination and may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we fail to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public stockholders do not support such a combination.

We may choose not to hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination unless the initial business combination would require stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements or if we decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons. Except as required by law, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed initial business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the initial business combination we complete. Please see the section of this Annual Report entitled “Proposed Business — Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination” for additional information.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Pursuant to the letter agreement, our initial stockholders, officers and directors and I-Bankers have agreed to vote their founder shares, private placement shares and representative shares, as well as any public shares purchased during or after the IPO (including in open market and privately negotiated transactions), in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to founder shares, private placement shares and representative shares would need only 4,433,401 shares, or 35.0%, of the 12,650,000 public shares sold in the IPO to be voted in favor of an initial business combination (assuming all outstanding shares are voted), or 325,101 shares, or 2.6%, the 12,650,000 public shares sold in the IPO to be voted in favor of an initial business combination (assuming only a quorum is present), in order to have our initial business combination approved. Our initial stockholders will own shares representing 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock immediately following the completion of the IPO (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the private placement units or the representative shares). Accordingly, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our initial stockholders to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite stockholder approval for such initial business combination.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek stockholder approval of the initial business combination.

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of our initial business combination. Since our board of directors may complete an initial business combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the initial business combination, unless we seek such stockholder vote. Accordingly, if we do not seek stockholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our initial business combination. 

The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into an initial business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into an initial business combination agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the initial business combination. Furthermore, we will only redeem our public shares so long as (after such redemption) our net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 either immediately prior to or upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny

  20 
Table of Contents  

stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into an initial business combination with us.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. Furthermore, this dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provision of the Class B common stock result in the issuance of Class A shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B common stock at the time of our business combination. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your stock in the open market. 

Because our trust account will initially contain $10.10 per share of Class A common stock, public stockholders may be more incentivized to redeem their public shares at the time of our initial business combination.

Our trust account will initially contain $10.10 per share of Class A common stock. This is different than some other similarly structured blank check companies for which the trust account will only contain $10.00 per share of Class A common stock. As a result of the additional funds that could be available to public stockholders upon redemption of public shares, our public stockholders may be more incentivized to redeem their public shares and not to hold those shares of Class A common stock through our initial business combination. A higher percentage of redemptions by our public stockholders could make it more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

Our sponsor may decide not to extend the term we have to consummate our initial business combination, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, and the rights will be worthless.

We will have until 12 months from the closing of the IPO to consummate an initial business combination. However, if we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may extend the period of time to consummate a business combination up to two times, each by an additional three months (for a total of up to 18 months to complete a business combination). Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the trust agreement to be entered into between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company on the date of completion of the IPO, in order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our sponsor or its affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account up to $1,265,000 ($0.10 per share) on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline, for each three month extension (or up to an aggregate of $2,530,000, or $0.20 per share, if we extend for the full six months). Any such payments

  21 
Table of Contents  

would be made in the form of a loan. Any such loans will be non-interest bearing and payable upon the consummation of our initial business combination. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. If we do not complete a business combination, we will not repay such loans. Furthermore, the letter agreement with our initial stockholders contains a provision pursuant to which our sponsor has agreed to waive its right to be repaid for such loans out of the funds held in the trust account in the event that we do not complete a business combination.

Our sponsor and its affiliates or designees are not obligated to fund the trust account to extend the time for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the applicable time period, we will, as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the trust account and as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such event, the rights will be worthless. 

Changes in the market for directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate and complete an initial business combination. 

In recent months, the market for directors and officers liability insurance for special purpose acquisition companies has changed in ways adverse to us and our management team. The premiums charged for such policies have generally increased and the terms of such policies have generally become less favorable. These trends may continue into the future. The increased cost and decreased availability of directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate an initial business combination. In order to obtain directors and officers liability insurance or modify its coverage as a result of becoming a public company, the post-business combination entity might need to incur greater expense, accept less favorable terms or both. However, any failure to obtain adequate directors and officers liability insurance could have an adverse impact on the post-business combination’s ability to attract and retain qualified officers and directors.

In addition, even after we were to complete an initial business combination, our directors and officers could still be subject to potential liability from claims arising from conduct alleged to have occurred prior to the initial business combination. As a result, in order to protect our directors and officers, the post-business combination entity will likely need to purchase additional insurance with respect to any such claims (“run-off insurance”). The need for run-off insurance would be an added expense for the post-business combination entity, and could interfere with or frustrate our ability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors. 

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating an initial business combination and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders. 

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning an initial business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report). Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating an initial business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.10 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our rights will expire worthless.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we must complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report). We may not be able to find

  22 
Table of Contents  

a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within such time period. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public stockholders may only receive $10.10 per share, and our rights will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.10 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.10 per share” and other risk factors below.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, officers and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or rights from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed initial business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers or their affiliates may purchase shares or rights or a combination thereof in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or rights in such transactions.

Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsor, directors, officers or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the initial business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the initial business combination, or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of rights could be to reduce the number of rights, or underlying securities, outstanding. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A common stock and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to obtain or maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. For example, we may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the initial business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed. See the section of this Annual Report entitled “Proposed Business —

  23 
Table of Contents  

Redemption Rights for Public Stockholders upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination — Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights.”

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or rights, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those shares of Class A common stock that such stockholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report), subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of rights will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the rights. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or rights, potentially at a loss.  

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our Class A common stock and rights are listed on Nasdaq. Although we currently meet the minimum initial listing standards set forth in the Nasdaq listing standards, we cannot assure you that our securities will be, or will continue to be, listed on Nasdaq in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on Nasdaq prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum amount in stockholders’ equity (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 public holders). Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq. For instance, our stock price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share, our stockholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $5.0 million and we would be required to have a minimum of 300 round lot holders of our securities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

 

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

 

    a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
       
    reduced liquidity for our securities;
       
    a determination that our Class A common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;
       
    a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
       
    a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because we expect that our units and eventually our Class A common stock and rights will be listed on Nasdaq, our units, Class A common stock and rights will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then

  24 
Table of Contents  

the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities, including in connection with our initial business combination.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement units are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful completion of the IPO and the sale of the private placement units and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. 

Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if the IPO were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination. For a more detailed comparison of our offering to offerings that comply with Rule 419, please see the section of this Annual Report entitled “Proposed Business — Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419.”

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the IPO without our prior consent, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share on our redemption of our public shares, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our rights will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more industry knowledge than we do, and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement units, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, because we are obligated to pay cash for the shares of Class A common stock which our public stockholders redeem in connection with our initial business combination, target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial

  25 
Table of Contents  

business combination. This may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.10 per share upon our liquidation. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.10 per share” and other risk factors below.

If the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement units not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 12 months (up to 18 months), we may be unable to complete our initial business combination, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.10 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our rights will expire worthless.

The funds available to us outside of the trust account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 12 months (up to 18 months), assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We believe that, upon the closing of the IPO, the funds available to us outside of the trust account will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 12 months (up to 18 months); however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent or merger agreements designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed initial business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent or merger agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.10 per share upon our liquidation. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.10 per share” and other risk factors below.

If the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement units not being held in the trust account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we will depend on loans from our sponsor or management team to fund our search for an initial business combination, to pay our franchise and income taxes and to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement units, only $764,101 was available to us initially outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $500,000, we may fund such excess with funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. The amount held in the trust account will not be impacted as a result of such increase or decrease. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $500,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. None of our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such working capital loans may be convertible into private placement-equivalent units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued 165,000 shares of Class A common stock if $1,500,000 of notes were so converted since the 150,000 rights included in such units would result in the issuance of 15,000 shares upon the closing of our business combination), at the option of the lender. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.10 per share on our redemption of our public shares and our rights will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less

  26 
Table of Contents  

than $10.10 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.10 per share” and other risk factors below.

Subsequent to the completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present inside a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining debt financing to partially finance the initial business combination. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the initial business combination constituted an actionable material misstatement or omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.10 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. MaloneBailey, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, and the underwriters of the offering, will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.10 per share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Pursuant to the letter agreement, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the registration statement we filed in connection with the IPO, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.10 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.10 per share due to reductions in the value of

  27 
Table of Contents  

the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.10 per share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.10 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations.

While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.10 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions. 

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and we and our board may be exposed to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. 

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

  28 
Table of Contents  

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

 

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

 

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

 

    restrictions on the nature of our investments; and
       
    restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

 

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

 

     registration as an investment company;
       
    adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and
       
    reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete an initial business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. This offering is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; or (iii) absent an initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report), our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public stockholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete an initial business combination or

  29 
Table of Contents  

may result in our liquidation. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights will expire worthless. 

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly.

Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination and results of operations.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report) may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the 15th month (or up to the 21st month) from the closing of the IPO in the event we do not complete our initial business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with the foregoing procedures.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report) is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the consummation of our initial business combination, which could delay the opportunity for our stockholders to elect directors.

In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. Under Section 211(b) of the DGCL, we are,

  30 
Table of Contents  

however, required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with our bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, and thus we may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

Because we are neither limited to evaluating a target business in a particular industry sector nor have we selected any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We will seek to complete an initial business combination with a company in the healthcare and education service industries, but we may also pursue business combination opportunities in any industry or geographic region, except that we will not, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet selected or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

Past performance by our management team may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.

Past performance by our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of our management team’s performance as indicative of our future performance of an investment in the company or the returns the company will, or is likely to, generate going forward.

We may seek business combination opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management’s area of expertise.

Although we intend to focus our search on the healthcare and education service industries, we will consider an initial business combination outside of our management’s area of expertise if an initial business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive business combination opportunity for our company or we are unable to identify a suitable candidate in this sector after having expanded a reasonable amount of time and effort in an attempt to do so. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in the IPO than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in an initial business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue a business combination outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this Annual Report regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

  31 
Table of Contents  

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash.  In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.10 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.10 per share” and other risk factors below.

We may seek business combination opportunities with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue, cash flow or earnings, which could subject us to volatile revenues, cash flows or earnings or difficulty in retaining key personnel.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity or our board cannot independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent accounting firm that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional common stock or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon the conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. As of March 31, 2022, there are 86,729,300 and 6,837,500 authorized but unissued shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, respectively, available for issuance, which amount does not take into account the shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon conversion of outstanding rights and the issuance of shares pursuant to the exercise of the representative’s warrants or the additional shares

  32 
Table of Contents  

of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock, subject to adjustment. Immediately after the consummation of the IPO, there will be no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. Shares of Class B common stock are convertible into shares of our Class A common stock initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein, including in certain circumstances in which we issue Class A common stock or equity-linked securities related to our initial business combination. Shares of Class B common stock are also convertible at the option of the holder at any time. 

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of common or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination (although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we may not issue securities that can vote with common stockholders on matters related to our pre-initial business combination activity). The price at which we issue any shares may be lower than the price you paid for the units in the IPO or at a price lower than the trading price of our Class A common stock at the time we commit to such issuance or at the actual issuance of such shares. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with the approval of our stockholders. However, our executive officers, directors and director nominees have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares.

The issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock:

    may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in the IPO;
       
    may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;
       
    could cause a change of control if a substantial number of shares of our common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and
       
    may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A common stock and/or rights.

Resources could be wasted in researching business combinations that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys, consultants and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our

  33 
Table of Contents  

public stockholders may receive less than $10.10 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.10 per share” and other risk factors below.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete an initial business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this Annual Report to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt following the IPO, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

    default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;
       
    acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
       
    our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;
       
    our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;
       
    our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;
       
    using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions, and fund other general corporate purposes;
       
    limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;
       
    increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;
       
    limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and
       
    other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may issue our shares of common stock to investors in connection with our initial business combination at a price that is less than the prevailing market price of our shares at that time.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may issue shares of common stock to investors in private placement transactions (so-called PIPE transactions) at a price of $10.10 per share or which approximates the per-share amounts in our trust account at such time, which is generally approximately $10.10. The purpose of such issuances will be to enable us to provide sufficient liquidity to the post-business combination entity. The price of the shares we issue may therefore be less, and potentially significantly less, than the market price for our shares at such time. 

  34 
Table of Contents  

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement units, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of services and limited operating activities. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operating results and profitability.

Of the net proceeds from the IPO and the sale of the private placement units, $126,500,000 will be available to complete our initial business combination and pay related fees and expenses.

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. In addition, we intend to focus our search for an initial business combination in a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

    solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset, or
       
    dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. We do not, however, intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in an initial business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our initial business combination strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in an initial business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination.

We may structure an initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders

  35 
Table of Contents  

prior to the initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the initial business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of Class A common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target.

In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of common stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete an initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either immediately prior to or upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the initial business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and extended the time to consummate an initial business combination. Amending our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires us to provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity. To the extent any such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any securities offered through this registration statement, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments or extend the time to consummate an initial business combination in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account), including an amendment to permit us to withdraw funds from the trust account such that the per share amount investors will receive upon any redemption or liquidation is substantially reduced or eliminated, may be amended with the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated certificate of

  36 
Table of Contents  

incorporation and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any of its provisions related to pre-initial business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of the IPO and the private placement of units into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein and including to permit us to withdraw funds from the trust account such that the per share amount investors will receive upon any redemption or liquidation is substantially reduced or eliminated) may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon. In all other instances, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. We may not issue additional securities that can vote on amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our initial stockholders, who will collectively beneficially own up to 20% of our common stock upon the closing of the IPO (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the private placement units or the representative shares and assuming they do not purchase any units in the IPO), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which govern our pre-initial business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete an initial business combination with which you do not agree. Our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Our initial stockholders, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in a letter agreement that we have entered into with our initial stockholders, officers and directors and I-Bankers. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our initial stockholders, officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

We have not selected any specific business combination target, but intend to target businesses larger than we could acquire with the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement units. As a result, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. Further, the amount of additional financing we may be required to obtain could increase as a result of future growth capital needs for any particular transaction, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to repurchase for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination and/or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.10 per share plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes on the liquidation of our trust account and our rights will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business

  37 
Table of Contents  

combination, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.10 per share on the liquidation of our trust account, and our rights will expire worthless. Furthermore, as described in the risk factor entitled “If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.10 per share,” under certain circumstances our public stockholders may receive less than $10.10 per share upon the liquidation of the trust account. 

Our initial stockholders may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Upon the closing of the IPO, our initial stockholders own shares representing 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the private placement units or the representative shares and assuming they do not purchase any units in the IPO). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of major corporate transactions. If our initial stockholders purchase any units in the IPO or if our initial stockholders purchase any additional shares of common stock in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were elected by our initial stockholders, is and will be divided into two classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of two years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the initial business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial stockholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our initial stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination.

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak.

The significant outbreak of COVID-19 has resulted in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide, and the business of any potential target business with which we consummate a business combination could be materially and adversely affected. We may be unable to complete a business combination if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a business combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected.

As the number of SPACs evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets. This could increase the cost of our initial business combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial business combination.

In recent years and especially in the last several months, the number of SPACs that have been formed has increased substantially. Many potential targets for SPACs have already entered into an initial business combination, and there are still many SPACs seeking targets for their initial business combination, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available, and it may require more time, more effort and more resources to identify a suitable target and to consummate an initial business combination.

In addition, because there are more SPACs seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause targets companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial business combination, and may result in our inability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors altogether.

  38 
Table of Contents  

Since our officers and directors will receive an aggregate of 300,000 post business combination shares within 10 days of our business combination, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

We will also issue to our officers and directors an aggregate of 300,000 post business combination shares within 10 days following the business combination, with the same lock-up restrictions and registration rights as the founder shares. These officers and directors, except Weixuan Luo, our Chief Financial Officer, will not receive any cash compensation from us prior to a business combination. Investors should be aware that this structure also creates an incentive whereby our officers and directors could potentially make a substantial profit even if we complete a business combination with a target that ultimately declines in value and is not profitable for public investors. 

We may engage one or more of our underwriters or one of their respective affiliates to provide additional services to us after the IPO, which may include acting as financial advisor in connection with an initial business combination or as placement agent in connection with a related financing transaction. Our underwriters are entitled to receive business combination marketing fees that will be released from the trust account only upon a completion of an initial business combination. These financial incentives may cause them to have potential conflicts of interest in rendering any such additional services to us after the IPO, including, for example, in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination. 

We may engage one or more of our underwriters or one of their respective affiliates to provide additional services to us after the IPO, including, for example, identifying potential targets, providing financial advisory services, acting as a placement agent in a private offering or arranging debt financing transactions. We may pay such underwriter or its affiliate fair and reasonable fees or other compensation that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any of the underwriters or their respective affiliates and no fees or other compensation for such services will be paid to any of the underwriters or their respective affiliates prior to the date that is 60 days from the date of the prospectus we filed in connection with the IPO, unless such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with the IPO. In addition, under a business combination marketing agreement, we will engage I-Bankers as an advisor in connection with our business combination and will pay I-Bankers a cash fee for such marketing services upon the consummation of our initial business combination in an amount equal to, in the aggregate, 3.5% of the gross proceeds of the IPO, including any proceeds from the full or partial exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The underwriters’ or their respective affiliates’ financial interests tied to the consummation of a business combination transaction may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in providing any such additional services to us, including potential conflicts of interest in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination.

 Risks Relating to our Sponsor and Management Team

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we employ after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. In addition, the officers and directors of an initial business combination candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of an initial business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an initial business combination candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an initial business combination candidate’s management team will remain associated with the initial business combination candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an initial business combination candidate will not wish to

  39 
Table of Contents  

remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their departure could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our executive officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us. 

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the initial business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the initial business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the initial business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company, which could, in turn, negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for an initial business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors may also serve as officers or board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination. For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs, please see the section of this Annual Report entitled “Management — Directors and Officers.”

  40 
Table of Contents  

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Following the completion of the IPO and until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our sponsor and officers and directors are, and may in the future become, affiliated with entities (such as operating companies or investment vehicles) that are engaged in a similar business, although they may not participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other special purpose acquisition companies with a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 18 months from the closing of the IPO if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this Annual Report).

Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties.

Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see the sections of this Annual Report entitled “Management — Directors and Officers,” “Management — Conflicts of Interest” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into an initial business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or officers, although we do not intend to do so. We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

We may engage in an initial business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described under the section of this Annual Report entitled “Management — Conflicts of Interest.” Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no preliminary discussions concerning an initial business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for an initial business combination as set forth in the section of this Annual Report entitled “Proposed Business — Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of our Initial Business Combination” and such transaction was approved by a majority of our disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, regarding the fairness to our stockholders from a financial point of view of an initial business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the initial business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

  41 
Table of Contents  

Members of our management team and board of directors have significant experience as founders, board members, officers, executives or employees of other companies. While they are not currently, certain of those persons may become involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings, including related to those companies or otherwise. The defense or prosecution of these matters could be time-consuming and could divert our management’s attention, and may have an adverse effect on us, which may impede our ability to consummate an initial business combination.

During the course of their careers, members of our management team and board of directors have had significant experience as founders, board members, officers, executives or employees of other companies. As a result of their involvement and positions in these companies, while they are not currently, certain of those persons may in the future become involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings, including relating to the business affairs of such companies, transactions entered into by such companies, or otherwise. While they are not currently, individual members of our management team and board of directors also may become involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings involving claims or allegations related to or as a result of their previous personal conduct, either in their capacity as a corporate officer or director or otherwise, and may be personally named in such actions and potentially subject to personal liability as a result of their previous individual conduct or otherwise. Any such liability may or may not be covered by insurance and/or indemnification, depending on the facts and circumstances. The defense or prosecution of these matters could be time-consuming. Any litigation, investigations or other proceedings and the potential outcomes of such actions may divert the attention and resources of our management team and board of directors away from identifying and selecting a target business or businesses for our initial business combination and may negatively affect our reputation, which may impede our ability to complete an initial business combination. 

Since our initial stockholders will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination. 

In March 2021, our initial stockholders purchased an aggregate of 2,875,000 founder shares for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, or approximately $0.017 per share. In October 2021, we effected a 0.1 for 1 stock dividend for each share of Class B common stock outstanding, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 3,162,500 founder shares. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after the IPO (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the private placement units or the representative shares). The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 406,500 units at a price of $10.00 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $4,065,000 and I-Bankers purchased an aggregate of 113,000 units at a price of $10.00 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,130,000, that will also be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. Holders of founder shares and private placement shares have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed initial business combination and (B) not to redeem any founder shares or private placement shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination or in connection with a tender offer. We will issue to our officers and our directors an aggregate of 300,000 post business combination shares within 10 days following the business combination with the same lock-up restrictions and registration rights as the founder shares. In addition, we may obtain loans from our sponsor, affiliates of our sponsor or an officer or director. The personal and financial interests of our officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination.

The determination of the offering price of our units and the size of the IPO is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities and size of an offering of an operating company in a particular industry. You may have less assurance, therefore, that the offering price of our units properly reflects the value of such units than you would have in a typical offering of an operating company.

Prior to the IPO there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the rights were negotiated between us and the underwriters. In determining the size of the IPO, management held customary organizational meetings with representatives of the underwriters, both prior to our inception and thereafter, with respect to the state of capital markets, generally, and the amount the underwriters believed they reasonably could raise on our behalf.

Factors considered in determining the size of the IPO, prices and terms of the units, including the Class A common stock and rights underlying the units, include:

    the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;
  42 
Table of Contents  

 

    prior offerings of those companies;
       
    our prospects for acquiring an operating business;
       
    a review of debt to equity ratios in leveraged transactions;
       
    our capital structure;
       
    an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;
       
    general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the IPO; and
       
    other factors as were deemed relevant.

Although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities of an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results.  

 

Risks Relating to our Securities

There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

There is currently no market for our securities. Stockholders therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following the IPO, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on an initial business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

Our initial stockholders paid an aggregate of $50,000, or approximately $0.017 per founder share, and, accordingly, investors in our IPO experienced immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our Class B common stock.

The difference between the public offering price per share (allocating $9.09 of the unit purchase price to the Class A common stock and $0.91 to the rights included in the unit) and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock after the IPO constitutes the dilution to you and the other investors in the IPO. Our initial stockholders acquired the founder shares at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution. Upon the closing of the IPO, and assuming $0.91 is ascribed to the rights included in the units, you and the other public stockholders will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 107.70% (or $9.79 per share), the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $(0.70) and the initial offering price of $9.09 per unit. In addition, because of the anti-dilution rights of the founder shares, any equity or equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination would be disproportionately dilutive to our Class A common stock.

  43 
Table of Contents  

We may amend the terms of the rights in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding rights.

Our rights will be issued in registered form under a right agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as rights agent, and us. The right agreement provides that the terms of the rights may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision. The right agreement requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding rights in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.

Our rights and founder shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

We issued rights convertible into 1,265,000 shares of our Class A common stock as part of the units offered in the IPO and, simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, we issued in a private placement, private placement units, which consist of (i) an aggregate of 519,500 private placement shares, and (ii) private placement rights to receive an aggregate of 51,950 shares of Class A common stock; we issued to the representative of the underwriters 101,200 shares of Class A common stock and underwriters warrants to purchase 632,500 shares of Class A common stock. Our initial stockholders currently own an aggregate of 3,162,500 founder shares. The founder shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as set forth herein. In addition, if our sponsor or its affiliates, or any of our officers or directors, makes any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into private placement-equivalent units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued 165,000 shares of Class A common stock if $1,500,000 of notes were so converted since the 150,000 rights included in such units would result in the issuance of 15,000 shares upon the closing of our business combination), at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the private placement units.

To the extent we issue shares of Class A common stock to effectuate an initial business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of these rights or exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive business combination vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and reduce the value of the shares of Class A common stock issued to complete the initial business combination. Therefore, our rights, warrants and founder shares may make it more difficult to effectuate an initial business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

 

The securities in which we invest the funds held in the trust account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders may be less than $10.10 per share.

 

The proceeds held in the trust account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. While short-term U.S. government treasury obligations currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in recent years. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years, and the Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that it may in the future adopt similar policies in the United States. In the event that we are unable to complete our initial business combination or make certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our public stockholders are entitled to receive their pro-rata share of the proceeds held in the trust account, plus any interest income, net of taxes paid or payable (less, in the case we are unable to complete our initial business combination, $50,000 of interest). Negative interest rates could reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders may be less than $10.10 per share.

The grant of registration rights to our initial stockholders may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Pursuant to an agreement to be entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in the IPO, our initial stockholders, officers and directors and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the private placement units, the private placement shares, the private placement rights, the post business combination shares, and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the founder shares and upon conversion of the private placement rights held, or to

  44 
Table of Contents  

be held, by them and holders of securities that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register such securities. In addition, the representative of the underwriters can make such demand with respect to up to the 101,200 shares of Class A common stock and 632,500 shares of Class A common stock underlying the representative’s warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A common stock that is expected when the securities owned by our initial stockholders or holders of working capital loans or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

Our rights agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our rights, which could limit the ability of right holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company. 

Our rights agreement provides that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the rights agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the rights agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our rights shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our rights agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions of the rights agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our rights, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such right holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such right holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such right holder. This choice-of-forum provision may limit a right holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our rights agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any September 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following September 30. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

  45 
Table of Contents  

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used. Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the end of the prior September 30, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior September 30. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an initial business combination.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending March 31, 2022. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target company with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such business combination. 

The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the founder shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination.

We offered and sold our units at an offering price of $10.00 per unit and the amount in our trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.10 per public share, implying an initial value of $10.10 per public share. However, prior to the IPO, our sponsor paid a nominal aggregate purchase price of $50,000 for the founder shares, or approximately $0.017 per share. As a result, the value of the public shares sold in the IPO may be significantly diluted upon the consummation of our initial business combination, when the founder shares are converted into public shares. For example, the following table shows the dilutive effect of the founder shares on the implied value of the public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination, assuming that our equity value at that time is $123,337,500, which is the amount we would have for our initial business combination in the trust account after payment of $4,427,500 of business combination marketing fees, assuming no interest is earned on the funds held in the trust account, and no public shares are redeemed in connection with our initial business combination, and without taking into account any other potential impacts on our valuation at such time, such as the trading price of our public shares, the business combination transaction costs, any equity issued or cash paid to the target’s sellers or other third parties, or the target’s business itself, including its assets, liabilities, management and prospects, as well as the value of our public and private warrants. At such valuation, each of our shares of common stock would have an implied value of $7.51 per share upon consummation of our initial business combination, which would be a 25.6% decrease as compared to the initial implied value per public share of $10.10 (the price per unit in the IPO, assuming no value to the public rights).

  46 
Table of Contents  

  

Public shares     12,650,000  
Founder shares     3,162,500  
Representative’s shares     101,200  
Private placement shares     519,500  
Total shares     16,433,200  
Total funds in trust available for initial business combination (less business combination marketing fees)   $ 123,337,500  
Initial implied value per public share   $ 10.10  
Implied value per share upon consummation of initial business combination   $ 7.51  

The foregoing does not take into account the 300,000 post business combination shares issuable to our directors and officers within 10 days following the business combination.

The value of the founder shares following completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our common stock at such time is substantially less than $10.10 per share.

Upon the closing of the IPO, our sponsor and I-Bankers had invested in us an aggregate of $5,245,000, comprised of the $50,000 purchase price for the founder shares and the $5,195,000 purchase price for the private placement units. Assuming a trading price of $10.10 per share upon consummation of our initial business combination, the 3,162,500 founder shares, the 519,500 private placement shares and the 51,950 shares of Class A common stock underlying private placement rights would have an aggregate implied value of $37,712,895. Even if the trading price of our Class A common stock was as low as $1.40 per share, the value of the 3,162,500 founder shares, 519,500 private placement shares and 51,950 shares of Class A common stock underlying private placement rights would be equal to the sponsor’s initial investment in us. As a result, our sponsor is likely to be able to recoup its investment in us and make a substantial profit on that investment, even if our public shares have lost significant value. Accordingly, our management team, which owns interests in our sponsor, may have an economic incentive that differs from that of the public stockholders to pursue and consummate an initial business combination rather than to liquidate and to return all of the cash in the trust to the public stockholders, even if that business combination were with a riskier or less-established target business. For the foregoing reasons, you should consider our management team's financial incentive to complete an initial business combination when evaluating whether to redeem your shares prior to or in connection with the initial business combination.

Our sponsor paid an aggregate of $50,000 for the founder shares, or approximately $0.017 per founder share. As a result of this low initial price, our sponsor, its affiliates and our management team and advisors stand to make a substantial profit even if an initial business combination subsequently declines in value or is unprofitable for our public stockholders.

As a result of the low acquisition cost of our founder shares, our sponsor, its affiliates and our management team and advisors could make a substantial profit even if we select and consummate an initial business combination with an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value or is unprofitable for our public stockholders. Thus, such parties may have more of an economic incentive for us to enter into an initial business combination with a riskier, weaker-performing or financially unstable business, or an entity lacking an established record of revenues or earnings, than would be the case if such parties had paid the full offering price for their founder shares. 

Unlike many other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial stockholders will receive additional shares of Class A common stock if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A common stock, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in this Annual Report and related to the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which founder shares shall convert into Class A common stock will be adjusted so that the number of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20%   of the total number of all outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of the initial business combination, excluding the placement shares, the representative shares, the post business combination shares , and any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination and any private placement-equivalent units and their

  47 
Table of Contents  

underlying securities issued to our sponsor or its affiliates upon conversion of loans made to us. This is different from most other similarly structured blank check companies in which the initial stockholder will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the initial business combination. Additionally, the aforementioned adjustment will not take into account any shares of Class A common stock redeemed in connection with the business combination. Accordingly, the holders of the founder shares could receive additional shares of Class A common stock even if the additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A common stock, are issued or deemed issued solely to replace those shares that were redeemed in connection with the business combination. The foregoing may make it more difficult and expensive for us to consummate an initial business combination.

General Risk Factors

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A common stock and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors, removal of directors for cause only and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel, which may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel except any action (A) as to which the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, (C) for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, or (D) any action arising under the Securities Act, as to which the Court of Chancery and the federal district court for the District of Delaware shall have concurrent jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This choice of forum provision may make it more costly for a stockholder to bring a claim, and it may also limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although our stockholders cannot waive our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the exclusive forum provision will be applicable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, subject to certain exceptions. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an

  48 
Table of Contents  

alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. We note, however, that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for state and federal courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

Our independent registered public accounting firm’s report contains an explanatory paragraph that expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a “going concern.”

As of March 31, 2022, we had $877,099 in cash and working capital of $655,693. Further, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of our financing and acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this need for capital through the IPO are discussed in the section of this Annual Report titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We cannot assure you that our plans to raise capital or to consummate an initial business combination will be successful. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report do not include any adjustments that might result from our inability to consummate the IPO or our inability to continue as a going concern.

If our management team pursues a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If our management team pursues a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

    costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;
       
    rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;
       
    complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;
       
    laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;
       
    tariffs and trade barriers;
       
    regulations related to customs and import/export matters;
       
    longer payment cycles;
       
    tax consequences;
       
    currency fluctuations and exchange controls;
       
    rates of inflation;
       
    challenges in collecting accounts receivable;
       
    cultural and language differences;
       
  49 
Table of Contents  

 

    employment regulations;
       
    crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;
       
    deterioration of political relations with the United States;
       
    obligatory military service by personnel; and
       
    government appropriation of assets.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such initial business combination or, if we complete such initial business combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, any or all of our management could resign from their positions as officers of the Company, and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination could remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with U.S. securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations. 

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss. 

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations. 

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations.

In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

 

We currently maintain our principal executive offices at 595 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, NY 10017 for which we pay a base fee of approximately $100 per month plus other expenses on an as needed basis for additional office use or administrative services. Our telephone number (917) 289-2776. We consider our current office space, combined with the other office space otherwise available to our executive officers for no consideration, adequate for our current operations.

  50 
Table of Contents  

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

 

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

 

Market Information

 

Our Class A common stock and rights are listed on the Nasdaq Global Markets (“NasdaqGM”) under the symbols DMAQ and DMAQR, respectively.

 

Holders

 

As of March 31, 2022, there was 2 holders of record of our Class A common stock and 1 holders of record of our rights.

 

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of an initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial conditions subsequent to completion of an initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to an initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. If we increase or decrease the size of the offering we will effect a stock dividend or a share contribution back to capital or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B common stock immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial stockholders at 20.0% of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock upon the consummation of the IPO (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the private placement units). Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Unregistered Sales of Securities

 

The following information represents securities sold by us since our inception on July 8, 2020 through March 31, 2022 which were not registered under the Securities Act. Included are new issues, securities issued in exchange for property, services or other securities, securities issued upon conversion from the Company’s other share classes and new securities resulting from the modification of outstanding securities. We sold all of the securities listed below pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

In March 2021, Bright Vision Sponsor LLC (“Bright Vision”), our sponsor, purchased an aggregate of 2,875,000 founder shares, for an aggregate offering price of $50,000 at an average purchase price of approximately $0.017 per share. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of the IPO (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the private placement units or the representative shares). The per share purchase price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to the Company by Bright Vision by the aggregate number of founder shares issued. In October 2021, we effected a 0.1 for 1 stock dividend for each share of Class B common stock outstanding, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 3,162,500 founder shares. Such securities were issued in connection with our organization pursuant to the

  51 
Table of Contents  

 

exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Each of the purchasers is an accredited investor for purposes of Rule 501 of Regulation D.

 

On October 29, 2021, Bright Vision and I-Bankers Securities, Inc. purchased an aggregate of 519,500 units at a price of $10.00 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,195,000. Each unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one right. Each right entitles the holder thereof to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one share of Class A common stock upon the consummation of an initial business combination.

 

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

 

Use of Proceeds

 

On October 29, 2021, the Company consummated its IPO of 12,650,000 Units, which included 1,650,000 Units issued pursuant to the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and one right to receive one-tenth of one share of Class A common stock upon the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $126,500,000. I-Bankers Securities, Inc. (“I-Bankers”) acted as sole book-running manager of the IPO. The securities in the offering were registered under the Securities Act on registration statements on Form S-1 (Nos. 333-259500 and 333-260515). The SEC declared the registration statements effective on October 26, 2021.

 

Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 519,500 Private Placement Units to the Sponsor and I-Bankers at a purchase price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, generating gross proceeds to us of $5,195,000. This issuance of Private Placement Units was be made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The Private Placement Units are identical to the Units sold in the IPO, except that the Private Placement Units are not transferable, assignable or salable until after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions.

 

A total of $127,765,000 of the net proceeds from the IPO and the sale of the Private Placement Units was placed in the Trust Account. The proceeds held in the Trust Account are invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations.

 

In connection with the IPO, the Company incurred $7,282,500 in transaction costs, including $2,530,000 in cash of underwriting commissions, $4,427,500 of business combination marketing fee, and $325,000 of other offering costs.

 

There has been no material change in the planned use of the proceeds from the IPO and the sale of the Private Placement Units as is described in our final prospectus dated October 26, 2021 and filed with the SEC on October 28, 2021.

 

ITEM 6. RESERVED

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

This management discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) of the financial condition and results of operations of Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp. (the “Company,” “us” or “we”) is for the year ended March 31, 2022 and for the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021. It is supplemental to, and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s financial statements for year ended March 31, 2022 and for the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021 and the accompanying notes for each respective period. The Company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Financial information presented in this MD&A is presented in United States dollars (“$” or “US$”), unless otherwise indicated.

 

The information about us provided in this MD&A, including information incorporated by reference, may contain “forward-looking statements” and certain “forward-looking information” as defined under applicable United States securities laws and Canadian securities laws. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, made by us that address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements,

  52 
Table of Contents  

 

including, but not limited to, statements preceded by, followed by or that include words such as “may”, “will”, “would”, “could”, “should”, “believes”, “estimates”, “projects”, “potential”, “expects”, “plans”, “intends”, “anticipates”, “targeted”, “continues”, “forecasts”, “designed”, “goal”, or the negative of those words or other similar or comparable words and includes, among others, information regarding: the Company’s ability to become profitable and generate cash in the Company’s operating activities; the Company’s need for substantial additional financing to operate the Company’s business and difficulties we may face acquiring additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all; the Company’s significant indebtedness and significant restrictions on the Company’s operations; the Company’s ability to construct and operate the Company’s planned a magnesium research and development pilot plant and obtain necessary permits and authorizations to construct and operate the facility; the impact of global climate change on the Company’s ability to conduct future operations.; the Company’s lack of a diversified portfolio of assets; the Company’s dependence on key inputs, suppliers and skilled labor for the production of magnesium.; the Company’s ability to attract and retain key personnel; growth-related risks, including capacity constraints and pressure on the Company’s internal systems and controls; the adverse consequences of litigation we are currently involved in and litigation we may face from time to time; risk related to the protection of the Company’s intellectual and the Company’s exposure to infringement or misappropriation claims by third parties; risks related to competition; risks related to the Company’s lack of internal controls over financial reporting and their effectiveness; increased costs we are subject to as a result of being a public company in Canada and the United States; and other events or conditions that may occur in the future.

 

Forward-looking statements may relate to future financial conditions, results of operations, plans, objectives, performance or business developments. These statements speak only as at the date they are made and are based on information currently available and on the then current expectations of the party making the statement and assumptions concerning future events, which are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from that which was expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, risks and uncertainties described in Item 1A—“Risk Factors.”

 

Although we believe that the expectations and assumptions on which such forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, undue reliance should not be placed on the forward-looking statements, because no assurance can be given that they will prove to be correct. Since forward-looking statements address future events and conditions, by their very nature, they involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors and risks. These include, but are not limited to the risks described in Item 1A—“Risk Factors.”

 

Consequently, all forward-looking statements made in this MD&A and other documents, as applicable, are qualified by such cautionary statements, and there can be no assurance that the anticipated results or developments will actually be realized or, even if realized, that they will have the expected consequences to or effects on us. The cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section should be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that we and/or persons acting on its behalf may issue. We do not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, other than as required under securities legislation.

 

Overview of the Business

 

We are a blank check company incorporated as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses.

 

On October 29, 2021, we consummated our IPO of 12,650,000 Units at $10.00 per Unit, which included 1,650,000 Units issued pursuant to the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, and the private sale of an aggregate of 519,500 Units to our Sponsor and I-Bankers at a purchase price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, generating gross proceeds of $5,195,000 to us that closed simultaneously with the closing of the IPO. Our Class A common stock and rights have been listed on Nasdaq commenced trading separately with the ticker symbols “DMAQ” and “DMAQR,” respectively. Each Unit consisted of one share of Class A common stock and one right to receive one-tenth of one share of Class A common stock upon the consummation of our initial Business Combination.

 

Transaction costs amounted to $7,282,500 consisting of $2,530,000 in cash of underwriting commissions, $4,427,500 of business combination marketing fee, and $325,000 of other offering costs. 

  53 
Table of Contents  

 

Following the closing of the IPO, cash of $764,101 was held outside of the Trust Account and is available for working capital purposes. As of March 31, 2022, the Company had available cash of $877,099 on its balance sheet and a working capital of $655,693. 

 

We intend to effectuate our initial Business Combination using cash from the proceeds of the IPO and the private placement of the Private Placement Units, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial Business Combination (including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following the consummation of the IPO or otherwise), shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, or a combination of the foregoing.

 

The issuance of additional shares in connection with an initial Business Combination to the owners of the target or other investors:

 

    may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in the IPO, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B common stock resulted in the issuance of Class A shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B common stock;
       
    may subordinate the rights of holders of our common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;
       
    could cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of our common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;
       
    may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the stock ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and
       
    may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A common stock and/or rights.
       

Similarly, if we issue debt securities or otherwise incur significant debt to bank or other lenders or the owners of a target, it could result in:

    default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial Business Combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;
       
    acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
       
    our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;
       
    our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;
       
    our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;
       
    using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions, and fund other general corporate purposes;
       
    limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;
       
    increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;
       

 

  54 
Table of Contents  

    limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and
       
    other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We expect to continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our initial Business Combination plans. We cannot assure you that our plans to raise capital or to complete our initial Business Combination will be successful.

Results of Operations and Known Trends or Future Events

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities and those necessary to prepare for the IPO. Following the IPO, we will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial Business Combination. We will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents after the IPO. There has been no significant change in our financial or trading position and no material adverse change has occurred since the date of our audited financial statements. After the IPO, we expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as expenses as we conduct due diligence on prospective Business Combination candidates. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after the closing of the IPO.

 

For the year ended March 31, 2022, we had a net loss of $414,045, which consists of $409,912 of operating and formation costs and unrealized loss on our marketable securities held in the trust account of $4,133.

 

For the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021, we had a net loss of $59,395 which consisted of operating and formation costs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021, we had cash of $877,099 and $500,067, respectively, and prepaid expenses of $315,306 and $37,500, respectively.

 

For the year ended March 31, 2022, net cash used in operating activities was $697,868. Net loss of $414,045 was affected by unrealized loss on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $4,133. Changes in operating assets and liabilities used $287,956 of cash for operating activities.

 

For the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021, net cash used in operating activities was $50,033. Net loss of $59,395 was affected by the increase in prepaid expenses of $37,500 for legal services, partially offset by the increase in accrued expenses to related parties amounted to $46,000.

Prior to the completion of the IPO, the Company lacked the liquidity it needed to sustain operations for a reasonable period of time, which is considered to be one year from the issuance date of the financial statement. The Company has since competed its IPO at which time capital in excess of the funds deposited in the Trust Account and/or used to fund offering expenses was released to the Company for general working capital purposes. Accordingly, management has since re-evaluated the Company’s liquidity and financial condition and determined that sufficient capital exists to sustain operations for at least one year from the date that the financial statement was issued, and therefore substantial doubt has been alleviated.

Our liquidity needs have been satisfied prior to the completion of the IPO through a capital contribution from our initial stockholders of $50,000 for the Founder Shares and $500,000 in loans available from our Sponsor under an unsecured promissory note. Pursuant to the full exercise by the Underwriters of their over-allotment option, our net proceeds from (i) the sale of the Units in the IPO, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $500,000, underwriting commissions of $2,530,000, and (ii) the sale of the Private Placement Units for a purchase price of $5,195,000, was $128,665,000. Of this amount, $127,765,000 was held in the Trust Account. The proceeds held in the Trust Account were invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. The remaining $764,101 was not held in the Trust Account. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $500,000, we may fund such excess with funds not to be held in the Trust Account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the Trust Account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $500,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the Trust Account would increase by a corresponding amount.

  55 
Table of Contents  

We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account to complete our initial Business Combination. We may withdraw interest to pay franchise and income taxes. We estimate our annual franchise tax obligations, based on the number of shares of our common stock authorized and outstanding after the completion of the IPO, to be $200,000, which is the maximum amount of annual franchise taxes payable by us as a Delaware corporation per annum, which we may pay from funds from the IPO held outside of the Trust Account or from interest earned on the funds held in our Trust Account and released to us for this purpose. Our annual income tax obligations will depend on the amount of interest and other income earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account. We expect the interest earned on the amount in the Trust Account will be sufficient to pay our income taxes. To the extent that our capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

Prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination, we have available to us the $764,101 of proceeds held outside the Trust Account. We will use these funds to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete an initial Business Combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial Business Combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial Business Combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such working capital loans may be convertible into private placement-equivalent units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued 165,000 shares of Class A common stock if $1,500,000 of notes were so converted since the 150,000 rights included in such units would result in the issuance of 15,000 shares upon the closing of our Business Combination), at the option of the lender.

Such units would be identical to the Private Placement Units. The terms of such working capital loans by our Sponsor or its affiliates, or our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account. 

We expect our primary liquidity requirements during that period to include approximately $250,000 for legal, accounting, due diligence, travel and other expenses associated with structuring, negotiating and documenting successful business combinations; $100,000 for legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting requirements; $75,000 for Nasdaq continued listing fees; $300,000 for director and officer liability insurance premiums; $115,000 for working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses and reserves (including taxes net of anticipated interest income); and approximately $60,000 as fees to our Chief Financial Officer.

These amounts are estimates and may differ materially from our actual expenses. In addition, we could use a portion of the funds not being placed in trust to pay commitment fees for financing, fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business or as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed initial Business Combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into an agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business, the amount that would be used as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision would be determined based on the terms of the specific Business Combination and the amount of our available funds at the time. Our forfeiture of such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise) could result in our not having sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conducting due diligence with respect to, prospective target businesses.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following the IPO in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial Business Combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial Business Combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our initial Business Combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of our initial Business Combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination. In addition, we intend to target businesses

  56 
Table of Contents  

larger than we could acquire with the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the Private Placement Units, and may as a result be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial Business Combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our initial Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. In addition, following our initial Business Combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Related Party Transactions

In March 2021, our initial stockholders purchased 2,875,000 Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, or approximately $0.017 per share. The number of Founder Shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such Founder Shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of the IPO (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the Private Placement Units or the representative shares). The per share purchase price of the Founder Shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to the company by the aggregate number of Founder Shares issued. In October 2021, we effected a 0.1 for 1 stock dividend for each share of Class B common stock outstanding, resulting in our Sponsor holding an aggregate of 3,162,500 Founder Shares.

We pay Weixuan Luo, our Chief Financial Officer, monthly fees of $5,000 for her services commencing on August 1, 2020. Upon completion of our initial Business Combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. We will also issue to our officers and directors an aggregate of 300,000 post Business Combination shares within 10 days following the Business Combination with the same lock-up restrictions as the Founder Shares and same registration rights as our Founder Shares.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

Prior to the consummation of the IPO, our Sponsor agreed to loan us up to $500,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of the IPO. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due upon completion of our initial Business Combination. As of March 31, 2022 and 2021, we had a loan payable to our Sponsor in amount of $500,000.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial Business Combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial Business Combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such working capital loans may be convertible into private placement-equivalent units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued 165,000 shares of Class A common stock if $1,500,000 of notes were so converted since the 150,000 rights included in such units would result in the issuance of 15,000 shares upon the closing of our Business Combination), at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the Private Placement Units. The terms of such working capital loans by our Sponsor or its affiliates, or our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account.

 

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement we will enter into with our initial stockholders, our Sponsor and I-Bankers on or prior to the closing of the IPO, we may be required to register certain securities for sale under the Securities Act. These holders, and holders of units issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, are entitled under the registration rights agreement to make up to three demands that we register certain of our securities held by them for sale under the Securities Act and to have the securities covered thereby registered for resale pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. In addition, these holders have the right to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us. We will bear the costs and expenses of filing any such registration statements.

 

  57 
Table of Contents  

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

 

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements as of March 31, 2022. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than an agreement to pay our Chief Financial Officer monthly fee of $5,000 for accounting, administrative and support services. We will continue to incur these fees monthly until the earlier of the completion of the business combination and our liquidation.

 

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per unit, or $4,427,500 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the trust account solely in the event that the Company completes a business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and income and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the following critical accounting policies:

  

Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption 

We account for our common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Common stock subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock are classified as shareholders’ equity. Our common stock feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, common stock subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of our balance sheet.

We recognize changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable common stock to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Immediately upon the closing of the IPO, we recognized the remeasurement from initial book value to redemption value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable common stock resulted in charges against additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit. 

Recent Accounting Standards

 

In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”) to simplify accounting for certain financial instruments. ASU 2020-06 eliminates the current models that require separation of beneficial conversion and cash conversion features from convertible instruments and simplifies the derivative scope exception guidance pertaining to equity classification of contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard also introduces additional disclosures for convertible debt and freestanding instruments that are indexed to and settled in an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 amends the diluted earnings per share guidance, including the requirement to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments. ASU 2020-06 is effective January 1, 2022 and should be applied on a full or modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted

  58 
Table of Contents  

 

beginning on January 1, 2021. We adopted ASU 2020-06 effective January 1, 2021. The adoption of ASU 2020-06 did not have an impact on our financial statements.

  

Factors That May Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations

 

Our results of operations and our ability to complete an initial business combination may be adversely affected by various factors that could cause economic uncertainty and volatility in the financial markets, many of which are beyond our control. Our business could be impacted by, among other things, downturns in the financial markets or in economic conditions, increases in oil prices, inflation, increases in interest rates, supply chain disruptions, declines in consumer confidence and spending, the ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, including resurgences and the emergence of new variants, and geopolitical instability, such as the military conflict in the Ukraine. We cannot at this time fully predict the likelihood of one or more of the above events, their duration or magnitude or the extent to which they may negatively impact our business and our ability to complete an initial business combination.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company”, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the report of independent registered public accounting firm providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of the IPO or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

 

As of March 31, 2022, we were not subject to any market or interest rate risk. Following the consummation of our IPO, the net proceeds of our IPO, including amounts in the Trust Account, have been invested in U.S. government treasury bills, notes or bonds with a maturity of 185 days or less or in certain money market funds that invest solely in U.S. treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk. 

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

The financial information required by Item 8 is located beginning on page F-1 of this report. 

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

 

None. 

  59 
Table of Contents  

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

 

Disclosure controls and procedures

 

We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as that term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e), promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. Disclosure controls and procedures include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that as of March 31, 2022, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

Internal control over financial reporting

 

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting

 

The Company’s management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2022. The Company’s management’s evaluation of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was based on the 2013 framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s management concluded that as of March 31, 2022, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the SEC for emerging growth companies.

 

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

 

The Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer do not expect that the Company’s disclosure controls or the Company’s internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company’s company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additional controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

 

There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended March 31, 2022 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

  60 
Table of Contents  

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

 

None.

 

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.

 

Not applicable.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

 

Board of Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth the names, positions and ages of the Company’s current directors and executive officers.

 

Name   Age   Position/Title
Humphrey P. Polanen   73   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Weixuan Luo   49   Chief Financial Officer
Ronald M. Razmi, MD   52   Director
Tina Spires   45   Director
HongLiang Ren   42   Director
Bryant E. Fong   49   Director
Marc A. Hamer   49   Director
Wanlei Miao   38   Director

 

Biographical information concerning the directors and executive officers listed above is set forth below:

Humphrey P. Polanen, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board since September 2020, is the Chief Executive Officer and managing member of NeoVista Ventures LLC, a healthcare focused holding company. Mr. Polanen was the director of Heritage Commerce Corp (Nasdaq: HTBK), a bank holding company offering a wide array of business and personal banking services, from 1994 to April 2016. Since 1999, Mr. Polanen has been actively involved as an investor and director in various venture capital backed companies in the technology industry, and has served as a director of various private equity funds. He was the Managing Director of Internet Venture Partners BV, an investment firm, from 2000 to 2004. Prior to joining Internet Ventures, he served in various executive positions with Sun Microsystems and Tandem Computers. Mr. Polanen was a director (and former Chairman of the Board) of St. Bernard Software, a publicly traded Internet security company. Mr. Polanen has been a director of TechFlow Inc., an information technology service company, since June 2016. Mr. Polanen practiced corporate law for over ten years at the beginning of his career. He has a Bachelor of Arts degree from Hamilton College and a Juris Doctor degree from Harvard University. Mr. Polanen is well qualified to serve as a director due to his experience as an executive, investor, director and business manager with advanced technology companies and private equity firms.

Weixuan Luo, our Chief Financial Officer since inception, is a founding partner of L&L CPAS, PA, a PCAOB registered public accounting firm since October 2013. She has also been serving as the President of American Aeolian Travel Inc., a travel agency, since May 2012. She has been a Senior Manager at Greentree Financial Group Inc. providing financial advisory services to public companies since May 2003. From July 2018 to June 2020, Ms. Luo was a founder and Chief Financial Officer of Proficient Alpha Acquisition Corp. (Nasdaq: PAAC), a special purpose acquisition company, which completed its initial business combination in June 2020. Ms. Luo has worked with publicly traded companies for over a decade in a broad array of services, including audits, tax preparation, risk assessment, financial analysis and financial statements preparation. Ms. Luo is Certified Public Accountant in North Carolina and Florida and a member of American Institute of CPAs. Ms. Luo received her Master’s degree in Economics and Finance from the University of North Carolina.

Ronald M. Razmi, MD, our director since December 2020, is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Kinders, a medical AI advisory and technology company with focus on applications of AI in life sciences and healthcare delivery systems, which was founded in September 2016. Prior to that, Dr. Razmi was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Acupera,

  61 
Table of Contents  

Inc., a software platform to enable population health management at scale and intelligent automation of clinical workflows, from 2011 to 2016. From 2009 to August 2011, he was an associate director of Navigant Consulting, Inc., a management consulting company. From 2006 to 2009, he was a consultant at McKinsey & Company, a management consultant company, with a focus on strategy and commercialization of novel technologies in clinical environments. Dr. Razmi was a cardiologist at the Care Group, LLC from September 2003 to December 2006. He completed his medical training at the Mayo Clinic and holds a B.S. in biology from Southern Methodist University, a Doctor of Medicine from University of Texas Health Science Center and an MBA from Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management. Dr. Razmi is well qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive clinical, business, and technical expertise to addressing key issues facing healthcare organizations.

Tina Spires, our director since June 2021, is an emergency medicine physician at The Cleveland Clinic in Florida. She is a director of Hope Women’s Center, a medical clinic. Prior to The Cleveland Clinic, she was clinical faculty for the emergency medicine program for the University of Miami at Jackson Memorial Hospital. Dr. Spires was core and clinical faculty for the Emergency Medicine residency at Mount Sinai Medical Center. She is a National Board examiner for emergency medicine boards. She is the medical director for Florida Tems, an education institution serving first responders and military personnel. She is the president of Spires Cattle, a company that breeds black angus cows and boards livestock for clients. Dr. Spires is the president of Tina Spires Inc., an insurance Adjusting company. She attended Baylor University followed by Nova Southeastern College of Osteopathic Medicine where she simultaneously earned her Master’s degree in public health and medical degree. Dr. Spires is well qualified to serve as a director due to her extensive clinical expertise in the medical field. 

HongLiang Ren, our director since March 2021, is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Orient Excellent Asset Management Co., Ltd., an asset management company which was founded in December 2017. Prior to that, he was the U.S. Chief Executive Officer and Overseas Smart Terminal President of Le.com, an internet information and technology company, from July 2016 to July 2017. From August 2004 to April 2016, he served as Regional President at Huawei Consumer Business Group and was responsible for smartphones and other consumer products. He was the General Manager of ODM Department at Shenzhen Interchange Data Technology Co., Ltd., an internet technology company in China from September 2003 to July 2004. He served as the General Manager of Nanjing Branch of Konka Telecommunication Technology Co., Ltd., a manufacturer of electronics products in China, from July 2001 to August 2003. Mr. Ren is the chairman of the board of directors of FeiDi Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd., a ride-sharing platform. He received his Bachelor’s degree in business administration from Nanjing University. Mr. Ren is well qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive expertise in technology research. 

Bryant E. Fong, our director since December 2020, is a founding Managing Director and General Partner at Biomark Capital Fund, a life sciences private equity firm formed in 2013 (“Biomark Capital”). Mr. Fong is the co-founder and interim Chief Executive Officer of i2Dx, a Biomark Capital portfolio company, that has developed a proprietary AI/Machine Learning target discovery/validation platform using real world outcomes in Alzheimer’s Disease to identify novel targets based on human genetics. Prior to Biomark Capital, Mr. Fong was a Managing Director and General Partner of Burrill & Company, where he spent almost 16 years investing in and managing investments in private and public companies in the biotechnology industry. Mr. Fong currently serves on the Boards of Directors of a number of life science companies, including ADMA Biologics, Inc. (Nasdaq: ADMA), Eden Biologics and i2Dx. Mr. Fong earned his Bachelor’s degree with honors in Molecular and Cell Biology-Biochemistry from the University of California, Berkeley. Mr. Fong is well qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive experience in the biotechnology industry.

Marc A. Hamer, our director since August 2020, has been the Executive Vice President, CIO and CTO of Orgill, Inc., a hardlines distributor. From 2016 to 2019, Mr. Hamer was the Corporate VP, Customer Experience, CIO and CDO of Sealed Air Corporation, a packaging company. Prior to that, Mr. Hamer was the Global Chief Information Officer at Babcock & Wilcox, a provider of energy and environmental technologies and services for power, renewable and industrial markets, from 2013 to 2016. From 2007 to 2013, Mr. Hamer was Vice President of Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. (NYSE: TMO), a biotechnology company. Mr. Hamer sits on Advisory boards for the Global CIO Executive Summit, PTC, Insight Venture Management, FireMon and Nutanix. He is also a member of the CNBC Technology Executive Council. Mr. Hamer earned his Bachelor’s degree in management information system from Pennsylvania State University and his Master’s degree in business administration specializing in finance from the University of Phoenix. Mr. Hamer is well qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive technology and digital experience.

Wanlei Miao, our director since June 2021, has been a partner at SAIFAMC, a subsidiary of SAIF Partners, a private equity firm, since August 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Miao was the general manager and head of the Beijing branch of Bank of Huaxing from January 2016 to August 2016. From December 2014 to January 2016, Mr. Miao was the general manager at the financial market department of Lion Asset Management Company. Mr. Miao received his Bachelor’s degree in International

  62 
Table of Contents  

Business Management from University of Westminster and his Master’s degree in Msc-Marketing Management from University of Surrey. Mr. Miao is well qualified to serve as a director due to his extensive experience in capital investment.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

Except as described below, to the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

    been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);
    had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two years prior to that time;
    been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, by any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;
    been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;
    been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or
    been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

In August 2017, Ms. Weixuan Luo was disciplined and fined by the PCAOB due to a violation of Auditing Standard #7 under PCAOB Release No. 105-2017-034, for not observing the two year cooling off period and serving as the engagement review partner before the period had run on two audit engagements. As a result, she agreed to implement several remedial measures. The disciplinary action did not require any amendment to the completed audits or question the quality of the audit work completed. She was fined by the North Carolina Board of Accountancy in connection with the PCAOB order. Also in connection with the PCAOB order, she was found in violation of section 5100(1) of the California Accountancy Act by the California Board of Accountancy (the “CBA”) and referred to the California Attorney General’s Office for review and the Florida Department of Business and Professional Regulation filed an administrative complaint against her before the Florida Board of Accountancy (the “FBA”). On August 2, 2019, Ms. Luo’s firm, L&L CPAs PA, was censured and fined $5,000.00 by the CBA and ordered to pay the legal cost of $8,712.50 to the CBA. On December 13, 2019, the FBA accepted a settlement with Ms. Luo, pursuant to which Ms. Luo’s license was reprimanded, and Ms. Luo was fined $1,000.00 by the FBA and ordered to pay the legal cost of $70.48 to the FBA.

On August 4, 2016, Capital Advisors LLC, a consulting firm, sued Ms. Weixuan Luo and 14 other defendants – including CAM Group Inc., of which Ms. Luo was previously its Chief Financial Officer, in Nevada State Court alleging breach of fiduciary duty and conspiracy claims arising from purportedly wrongful loans purportedly made by CAM Group, Inc. both during and after her tenure as Chief Financial Officer. On April 26, 2022, the Court granted Ms. Luo judgment as a matter of law and dismissed all claims against her.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

We have seven directors. Our board of directors are divided into two classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a two-year term. In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Tina Spires, Bryant E. Fong, HongLiang Ren and Marc A. Hamer will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Humphrey P. Polanen, Ronald M.

  63 
Table of Contents  

Razmi and Wanlei Miao, will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of our outstanding stock.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer, Assistant Secretaries and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that Tina Spires, Bryant E. Fong, HongLiang Ren, Marc A. Hamer and Wanlei Miao are “independent directors” as defined in the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Officer and Director Compensation

Other than as disclosed herein, none of our officers and directors has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. We pay Weixuan Luo, our Chief Financial Officer, monthly fees of $5,000 for her services commencing on August 1, 2020. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. We will also issue to our officers and directors an aggregate of 300,000 post business combination shares within 10 days following the business combination, with the same lock-up restrictions and registration rights as the founder shares. Other than the foregoing, no compensation of any kind, including any finder’s fee, reimbursement, consulting fee or monies in respect of any payment of a loan, will be paid by us to our sponsor, officers and directors, or any affiliate of our sponsor or officers, prior to, or in connection with any services rendered in order to effectuate, the consummation of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such payments, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed initial business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed initial business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. 

  64 
Table of Contents  

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors will have two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, Nasdaq rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and Nasdaq rules require that the compensation committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors.

Audit Committee

We have established an audit committee of the board of directors. Marc A. Hamer and Wanlei Miao serve as members of our audit committee, and Bryant E. Fong chairs the audit committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent. Each of Bryant E. Fong, Marc A. Hamer and Wanlei Miao meets the independent director standard under Nasdaq listing standards and under Rule 10-A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Fong qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

    the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;
       
    pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;
       
    setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm, including but not limited to, as required by applicable laws and regulations;
       
    setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
       
    obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (i) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control procedures, (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues and (iii) all relationships between the independent registered public accounting firm and us to assess the independent registered public accounting firm’s independence;
   

reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

 

    reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

We have established a compensation committee of the board of directors. HongLiang Ren and Marc A. Hamer serve as members of our compensation committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least two members of the compensation committee, all of whom must be independent. HongLiang Ren and Marc A. Hamer are independent, and Marc A. Hamer chairs the compensation committee.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

    reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officers’ compensation, if any is paid by us, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;
       
  65 
Table of Contents  

 

    reviewing and approving on an annual basis the compensation, if any is paid by us, of all of our other officers;
       
    reviewing on an annual basis our executive compensation policies and plans;
       
    implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;
       
    assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;
       
    approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;
       
    if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and
       
    reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

No compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing stockholders, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate the consummation of an initial business combination, except that we pay Weixuan Luo, our Chief Financial Officer, monthly fees of $5,000 for her services commencing on August 1, 2020. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by law or Nasdaq rules. In accordance with Rule 5605 of the Nasdaq rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors.

The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. The directors who will participate in the consideration and recommendation of director nominees are Tina Spires, Bryant E. Fong, HongLiang Ren, Marc A. Hamer and Wanlei Miao. In accordance with Rule 5605 of the Nasdaq rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to our board of directors should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on our board of directors.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. A copy of our Code of ethics and our audit and compensation committee charters have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement filed in connection with our IPO. You will be able to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site

  66 
Table of Contents  

at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. Requests for copies of our code of ethics should be sent in writing to 595 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, NV 10017. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our code of ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Conflicts of Interest

Members of our management team do not have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware, unless presented to such member solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the company. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

    None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.
       
    In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
       
    Our initial stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, any private placement shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Additionally, our initial stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares or private placement shares held by them if we fail to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months (or 18 if extended). If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement units held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the private placement rights (and the underlying securities) will expire worthless. Subject to certain limited exceptions, our initial stockholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell 50% of their founder shares until the earlier of (i) six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) the date on which the closing price of our shares of common stock equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for stock sub-divisions, stock dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after our initial business combination and the remaining 50% of the founder shares may not be transferred, assigned or sold until six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to our initial business combination, we consummate a subsequent liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions, the private units will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our sponsor will own common stock and rights following the IPO and our officers and directors will be issued shares of common stock following our initial business combination, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.
       
    We will issue to our officers and directors an aggregate of 300,000 post business combination shares within 10 days following the business combination, with the same lock-up restrictions and registration rights as the founder shares. As such, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.
       
    Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.
       
  67 
Table of Contents  

 

    Our sponsor, officers or directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a business combination and financing arrangements as we may obtain loans from our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or any of our officers or directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such working capital loans may be convertible into private placement-equivalent units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued 165,000 shares of Class A common stock if $1,500,000 of notes were so converted since the 150,000 rights included in such units would result in the issuance of 15,000 shares upon the closing of our business combination), at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the private placement units.

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

    the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;
       
    the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and
       
    it would not be fair to our company and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation. Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations: 

Individual(1)(2)   Entity   Entity’s Business   Affiliation
Humphrey P. Polanen   NeoVista Ventures LLC   Healthcare Holding Company   Chief Executive Officer and Managing Member
    TechFlow Inc.   Information Technology   Director
             
Weixuan Luo   L&L CPAs PA   Auditing   President
    Conceptual Consulting Inc.   Accounting   President
    American Aeolian Travel Inc.   Travel Agency   President
    Greentree Financial Group Inc.    Consulting and Financial Advisory Services   Partner
             
Ronald M. Razmi, MD   Kinders   Medical Artificial Intelligence Advisory and Development Company   Founder/CEO
    Acupera   Population Health Management Software Company   Founder/former CEO
             
Tina Spires   Hope Women’s Center   Medical Clinic   Director
    The Cleveland Clinic   Hospital   Physician
    Florida Tems   Education Centre   Medical Director
    Spires Cattle   Livestock   President
    Tina Spires Inc.   Insurance Adjusting   President

 

  68 
Table of Contents  

             
HongLiang Ren   Dong Fang Hui Jia Asset Management Co., Ltd.   Private Equity Investment   CEO
    FeiDi Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.   Ride-sharing Technology Company   Chairman of the Board
             
             
Bryant  E. Fong   Biomark Capital Fund   Healthcare Venture Capital   Managing Director and General Partner
    i2Dx   Software Company   Co-Founder, Interim Chief Executive Officer, Director
    ADMA Biologics, Inc. (Nasdaq: ADMA)   Biopharmaceuticals   Director
    Eden Biologics, Inc.   Biotechnology   Director
             
Marc A. Hamer   Orgill   Retail, Distribution & Services   Executive Vice President, CTO and CIO
             
Wanlei Miao   SAIF AMC   Asset Management   Partner

 

(1) Each of the entities listed in this table has priority and preference relative to our company with respect to the performance by each individual listed in this table of his obligations and the presentation by each such individual of business opportunities.
(2) Each individual listed has a fiduciary duty with respect to each of the listed entities opposite from his name.
   

Accordingly, if any of the above executive officers, directors or director nominees becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the above entities to which he or she has current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, pursuant to the letter agreement, our sponsor, officers and directors and I-Bankers have agreed to vote any founder shares, private placement shares and representative shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after the offering (including in open market and privately negotiated transactions) in favor of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our officers and directors will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us or our stockholders for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors.

We will enter into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws also will permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director or employee for any liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit such indemnification. We will purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

  69 
Table of Contents  

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

 

 Director Compensation

 

Fiscal 2022 Director Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth all compensation paid to or earned by each of the Company’s directors during the year ended March 31, 2022.

 

Name  

Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash (1)

($)

   

Stock

Awards

($)

   

Option
Awards (2)

($)

   

Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation

($)

   

Non-qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($)

   

All Other
Compensation

($)

   

Total

($)

 
Humphrey P. Polanen                                          
Ronald M. Razmi, MD                                          
Tina Spires                                          
HongLiang Ren                                          
Bryant E. Fong                                          
Marc A. Hamer                                          
Wanlei Miao                                          

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the Company’s executive officers served as a member of the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served as the Company’s director or on the Compensation Committee, during fiscal 2022. None of the Company’s executive officers served as a director of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on the Compensation Committee, during fiscal 2022.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Executive Compensation

 

Other than as disclosed below, none of our officers has received any cash or stock compensation for services rendered to us.

We pay Weixuan Luo, our Chief Financial Officer, monthly fees of $5,000 for her services commencing on August 1, 2020. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. We will also issue to our officers and directors an aggregate of 300,000 post business combination shares within 10 days following the business combination, with the same lock-up restrictions and registration rights as the founder shares. 

  70 
Table of Contents  

Other than the foregoing, no compensation of any kind, including any finder’s fee, reimbursement, consulting fee or monies in respect of any payment of a loan, will be paid by us to our sponsor, officers and directors, or any affiliate of our sponsor or officers, prior to, or in connection with any services rendered in order to effectuate, the consummation of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such payments, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed initial business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed initial business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. 

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

 

As of June 15, 2022, we had 13,270,700 shares of Class A common stock and 3,162,500 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding. The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for (i) each member of the Company’s board of directors, (ii) each named executive officer (as defined below), (iii) each person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s securities and (iv) the members of the Company’s board of directors and the Company’s executive officers as a group. Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC. Generally, a person has beneficial ownership of a security if the person possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including any securities that a person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Information with respect to beneficial owners of more than 5% of the Company’s securities is based on completed questionnaires and related information provided by such beneficial owners as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except as indicated, all shares of the Company’s securities will be owned directly, and the person or entity listed as the beneficial owner has sole voting and investment power. The address for each director and executive officer is c/o Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp., 595 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

  71 
Table of Contents  

 

 

    Class A Common Stock     Class B Common Stock
Name, Position and Address of Beneficial Owner   No. of Shares Beneficially Owned    

% of

Common Stock

   

 

No. of Shares

Beneficially Owned

 

% of

Common Stock

Humphrey P. Polanen, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board(1)     -      

 

 

 

0

%  

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

0.8%

Weixuan Luo, Chief Financial Officer     -      

 

0

%  

 

-

 

 

0%

Ronald M. Razmi, MD, Director(2)     -       0 %   50,000   1.6%
Tina Spires, Director     -       0 %   -   0%
HongLiang Ren, Director     -       0 %   -   0%
Bryant E. Fong, Director     -       0     -   0%
Marc A. Hamer, Director     -       0 %   -   0%
Wanlei Miao, Director     -       0 %   -   0%
                         
All directors and executive officers as a group     -       0 %  

 

75,000

 

 

2.4%

Five Percent Shareholders:                        
Bright Vision Sponsor LLC(3)     257,869       1.9   2,764,089   87.4%
Lighthouse Investment Partners, LLC(4)     894,934       6.7  

 

-

 

 

0%

Saba Capital Management, L.P.(5)     907,141       6.8   -   0%
Mizuho Financial Group, Inc.(6)     806,210       6.1   -   0%
Yakira Capital Management, Inc.(7)     694,445       5.2   -   0%
Weiss Asset Management LP(8)     750,000       5.7   -   0%
Karpus Management, Inc.(9)     2,016,347       15.2   -   0%
XL Golden Stone Investment LLC(10)     20,720       0.2 %   212,750   6.7%

 

Notes:

 

(1)Pursuant to certain redemption agreement between Bright Vision Sponsor LLC (the "Sponsor") and Polanen and Nicodimos Family Trust (the "Trust"), a member of the Sponsor, shares of Class B common stock of the registrants were transferred by the Sponsor to the Trust in consideration for the redemption of such membership interest of the Sponsor entitling the Trust to receive such securities. Humphrey P. Polanen is the trustee. By virtue of the relationship, Mr. Polanen may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by the Trust. Mr. Polanen disclaims any beneficial ownership of the reported shares other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest he may have therein, directly or indirectly.
  
(2)Pursuant to certain redemption agreement between Bright Vision Sponsor LLC (the "Sponsor") and Ronald M. Razmi, a member of the Sponsor, shares of Class B common stock of the registrants were transferred by the Sponsor to Mr. Razmi in consideration for the redemption of such membership interest of the Sponsor entitling Mr. Razmi to receive such securities.
  
(3)According to the Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on April 27, 2022 by Bright Vision Sponsor LLC (“Bright Vision”) and Ke Li. Mr. Li serves as the managing member of Bright Vision. Mr. Li disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities.  The principal business address of each of Bright Vision and Mr. Li is 595 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

  

  72 
Table of Contents  

 

(4) According to the Schedule 13G/A filed on February 14, 2022 by Lighthouse Investment Partners, LLC (“Lighthouse”), MAP 136 Segregated Portfolio, a segregated portfolio of LMA SPC (“MAP 136”),  MAP 214 Segregated Portfolio, a segregated portfolio of LMA SPC (“MAP 214”), LHP Ireland Fund Management Limited (“LHP Ireland”), MAP 501, a sub-trust of LMA Ireland (“MAP 501”) and  LMAP 909, a sub-fund of LMAP Ireland ICAV (“LMAP 909”). Lighthouse serves as the investment manager of MAP 136 and MAP 214. LHP Ireland serves as the manager to MAP 501 and LMAP 909. Because Lighthouse and LHP Ireland may be deemed to control MAP 136, MAP 214, MAP 501, and LMAP 909, as applicable, Lighthouse and LHP Ireland may be deemed to beneficially own, and to have the power to vote or direct the vote of, and the power to direct the disposition of the Company’s shares of common stock reported herein. Each of MAP 136 and MAP 214 are segregated portfolios of LMA SPC, a Cayman Islands segregated portfolio company. MAP 501 is a sub-trust of an Ireland umbrella unit trust. LMAP 909 is a sub-fund of an Irish collective asset-management vehicle. Lighthouse is a Delaware limited liability company. LHP Ireland is an Ireland limited company. The address of the principal business office of Lighthouse, MAP 136, MAP 214, LHP Ireland, MAP 501 and LMAP 909 are 3801 PGA Boulevard, Suite 500, Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410 and 32 Molesworth Street, Dublin, D02 Y512, Ireland.
   
(5) According to the Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 10, 2021, by Saba Capital Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Saba Capital"), Saba Capital Management GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Saba GP"), and Mr. Boaz R. Weinstein (“Mr. Weinstein"). Saba Capital, Saba GP and Mr. Weinstein may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of these shares. The principal business address of Saba Capital, Saba GP and Mr. Weinstein is 405 Lexington Avenue, 58th Floor, New York, New York 10174.  
   
(6) According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2022, the shares are owned by Mizuho Financial Group, Inc., Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and Mizuho Americas LLC, which may be deemed to be indirect beneficial owners of said equity securities directly held by Mizuho Securities USA LLC which is their wholly-owned subsidiary. The business address of Mizuho Financial Group, Inc. is 1-5-5, Otemachi, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 100-8176, Japan.
   
(7) According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 9, 2022 by Yakira Capital Management, Inc on behalf of Yakira Partners, L.P., Yakira Enhanced Offshore Fund Ltd. and MAP 136 Segregated Portfolio (together, the “Reporting Entities”), beneficial ownership of these securities may be attributed to the Reporting Entities. The address of the business office of each of the Reporting Entities is 1555 Post Road East, Suite 202, Westport, CT 06880.
   
(8) According to a Schedule 13G filed on February 7, 2022, Weiss Asset Management LP (“Weiss Asset Management”) is the sole investment manager to a private investment partnership (the “Partnership”) and private investment funds (“Funds”). WAM GP LLC (“WAM GP”) is the sole general partner of Weiss Asset Management. Andrew Weiss is the managing member of WAM GP. Shares reported for WAM GP, Andrew M. Weiss, Ph.D. and Weiss Asset Management include shares beneficially owned by the Partnership and the Funds. Each of WAM GP, Weiss Asset Management, and Dr. Weiss disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares reported therein as beneficially owned by each except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein. Each of the WAM GP, Weiss Asset Management and Dr. Weiss share voting and dispositive power over the securities reported above, and each share a business address of 222 Berkeley St., 16th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.
   
(9)

As reported on a Schedule 13G filed January 10, 2022 by Karpus Management, Inc., a New York corporation (“Karpus”). Karpus holds shared voting and dispositive power over the shares owned directly by the accounts managed by Karpus and thus Karpus may be deemed the beneficial owner of these shares. The business address of Karpus is 183 Sully’s Trail, Pittsford, NY 14534.

 

(10) The principal business address of XL Golden Stone Investment LLC is 401 S Glendora Ave, West Iovino, CA 91790.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements and indemnification arrangements, discussed in Item 10. “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” and Item 11. “Executive Compensation” above, the following is a description of each transaction since July 8, 2020 (inception)** and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

  We have been or will be a participant;

 

  73 
Table of Contents  

  the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of the Company’s total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years; and
  any of the Company’s directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of the Company’s capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Related parties include any person who is or was (since the beginning of the last fiscal year, even if such person does not presently serve in that role) the Company’s executive officer or director, any shareholder owning more than 5% of any class of the Company’s voting securities or an immediate family member of any such person.

 

Any potential related party transaction that requires approval will be reviewed and overseen by the Audit Committee, and the Audit Committee will consider such factors as it deems appropriate to determine whether to approve, ratify or disapprove the related party transaction. The Audit Committee may approve the related party transaction only if it determines in good faith that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in the best interests of us and the Company’s shareholders. 

 

Transactions with Related Parties 

In March 2021, we issued an aggregate of 2,875,000 founder shares to our initial stockholders for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000 in cash, or approximately $0.017 per share, resulting in our initial stockholders holding an aggregate of 2,875,000 founder shares (up to 375,000 shares of which are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised). The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of the IPO (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the private placement units or the representative shares). In October 2021, we effected a 0.1 for 1 stock dividend for each share of Class B common stock outstanding, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 3,162,500 founder shares. The founder shares (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

Our sponsors have purchased an aggregate of 406,500 units at a price of $10.00 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $4,065,000 and I-Bankers has agreed to purchase an aggregate of 113,000 units at a price of $10.00 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,130,000. The private placement units are identical to the units sold in the IPO, so long as they are held by our sponsor or the underwriters or their permitted transferees, (i) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, and (ii) will be entitled to registration rights. The private placement units (including the private placement shares, the private placement rights, and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

As more fully discussed in the section of this Annual Report entitled “Management — Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of an initial business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

We pay Weixuan Luo, our Chief Financial Officer, monthly fees of $5,000 for her services commencing on August 1, 2020. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. We will also issue to our officers and directors an aggregate of 300,000 post business combination shares within 10 days following the business combination with the same lock-up restrictions registration rights as the founder shares.

Other than the foregoing, no compensation of any kind, including any finder’s fee, reimbursement, consulting fee or monies in respect of any payment of a loan, will be paid by us to our sponsor, officers and directors, or any affiliate of our sponsor or officers, prior to, or in connection with any services rendered in order to effectuate, the consummation of an initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

  74 
Table of Contents  

Prior to the closing of the IPO, our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $500,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of the IPO. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are upon closing of our initial business combination. The value of our sponsor’s interest in this transaction corresponds to the principal amount outstanding under any such loan.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such working capital loans may be convertible into private placement-equivalent units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued 165,000 shares of Class A common stock if $1,500,000 of notes were so converted since the 150,000 rights included in such units would result in the issuance of 15,000 shares upon the closing of our business combination), at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the private placement units. The terms of such working capital loans by our sponsor or its affiliates, or our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

We will enter into a registration rights agreement with respect to the private placement units, the private placement shares, the private placement rights, the representative shares, the representative warrants, the securities issuable upon conversion of working capital loans (if any), the post business combination shares, and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise or conversion or exercise of the foregoing and upon conversion of the founder shares, which is described under the section of this Annual Report entitled “Description of Securities — Registration Rights.”

Related Party Policy

We have not yet adopted a formal policy for the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions. Accordingly, the transactions discussed above were not reviewed, approved or ratified in accordance with any such policy.

We have adopted a code of ethics requiring us to avoid, wherever possible, all conflicts of interests, except under guidelines or resolutions approved by our board of directors (or the appropriate committee of our board) or as disclosed in our public filings with the SEC. Under our code of ethics, conflict of interest situations will include any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the company. A form of the code of ethics is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

In addition, our audit committee, pursuant to a written charter, will be responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions to the extent that we enter into such transactions. An affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the audit committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present will be required in order to approve a related party transaction. A majority of the members of the entire audit committee will constitute a quorum. Without a meeting, the unanimous written consent of all of the members of the audit committee will be required to approve a related party transaction. A form of the audit committee charter is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We also require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate an initial business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our sponsor, officers or directors unless we, or a committee of independent directors, have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. Furthermore, no finder’s fees, reimbursements, consulting fee, monies in respect of any payment of a loan or other compensation will be

  75 
Table of Contents  

paid by us to our sponsor, officers or directors, or any affiliate of our sponsor or officers, for services rendered to us prior to, or in connection with any services rendered in order to effectuate, the consummation of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, the following payments will be made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, none of which will be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination:

    Repayment of up to an aggregate of $500,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;
       
    Payment to Weixuan Luo, our Chief Financial Officer, of $5,000 for her services per month starting from August 1, 2020;
       
    Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination; and
       
    Repayment of loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined nor have any written agreements been executed with respect thereto. Up to $1,500,000 of such working capital loans may be convertible into private placement-equivalent units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued 165,000 shares of Class A common stock if $1,500,000 of notes were so converted since the 150,000 rights included in such units would result in the issuance of 15,000 shares upon the closing of our business combination), at the option of the lender.

Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates.

 

ITEM 14PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

 

The following table shows the fees that were billed for the audit and other services provided by MaloneBailey, LLP (“MaloneBailey”), the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 and for the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021.

 

    2022     2021  
Audit Fees   $ 15,000     $ 12,500  
Audit-Related Fees     32,500       -  
Tax Fees     -       -  
All Other Fees     -       -  
Total   $ 47,500     $ 12,500  

 

Audit Fees - This category includes the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, review of financial statements included in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and services that are normally provided by the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with engagements for those fiscal years. This category also includes advice on audit and accounting matters that arose during, or as a result of, the audit or the review of interim financial statements.

 

Audit-Related Fees - This category consists of assurance and related services by the independent registered public accounting firm that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements and are not reported above under “Audit Fees.” The services for the fees disclosed under this category include consultation regarding the Company’s correspondence with the SEC, other accounting consulting and other audit services.

 

Tax Fees - This category consists of professional services rendered by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for tax compliance and tax advice. The services for the fees disclosed under this category include tax return preparation and technical tax advice.

 

All Other Fees - This category consists of fees for other miscellaneous items. 

  76 
Table of Contents  

 

Pursuant to the audit committee’s charter, all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm must be pre-approved. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. Pre-approval is generally provided for up to one year and any pre-approval is detailed as to the particular service or category of service. The independent registered public accounting firm and management are required to periodically report to the audit committee regarding the extent of services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm. Consistent with the audit committee’s policy, all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by MaloneBailey during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 were pre-approved by the audit committee.

 

In considering the nature of the services provided by MaloneBailey for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, the audit committee determined that such services were compatible with the provision of independent audit services. The audit committee discussed these services with MaloneBailey and management for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 to determine that they were permitted under the rules and regulations concerning auditors’ independence promulgated by the SEC to implement the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a)(1) Financial Statements

 

The financial statements required to be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in the Index to Financial Statements on page F-1 and included beginning on page F-2 of this Annual Report.

 

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

 

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are either not required under the related instructions, are not applicable (and therefore have been omitted), or the required disclosures are contained in the financial statements included herein.

 

(3) Exhibits.

  77 
Table of Contents  

 

 

EXHIBIT  DESCRIPTION
3.1  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 13, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
3.2  Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
3.3  By Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 13, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
3.4  Certificate of Correction to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2021 (File No. 001-40970)).
4.1  Specimen Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
4.2  Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
4.3  Specimen Right Certificate (included in Exhibit 4.4) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
4.4  Form of Rights Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 13, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
4.5  Form of Warrant issuable by the Registrant to the Representative (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
10.1  Form of Letter Agreement among the Registrant, our officers, directors, Bright Vision Sponsor LLC and I-Bankers Securities, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
10.2  Promissory Note, dated March 15, 2021, issued to Bright Vision Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 13, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
10.3  Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
10.4  Form of Registration Rights Agreement between the Registrant and certain security holders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
10.5  Securities Subscription Agreement, dated March 15, 2021, between the Registrant and Bright Vision Sponsor LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 13, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
10.6  Private Placement Units Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, Bright Vision Sponsor LLC and I-Bankers Securities, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
10.7  Form of Indemnity Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
14  Form of Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
31.1  Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a), as adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2  Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a), as adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1  Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
99.1  Form of Audit Committee Charter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
99.2  Form of Compensation Committee Charter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on October 12, 2021 (File No. 333-259500)).
101.  XBRL Instance Document
101.  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

*Filed herewith
** Furnished.

 

  78 
Table of Contents  

 

 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

 

None. 

  79 
Table of Contents  

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.
   
Date: June 24, 2022 By: /s/ Humphrey P. Polanen
    Humphrey P. Polanen
    Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on June 24, 2022.

 

Name   Title
     
/s/ Humphrey P. Polanen   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Humphrey P. Polanen   (Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/ Weixuan Luo   Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Weixuan Luo   Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
/s/ Ronald M. Razmi, MD   Director
Ronald M. Razmi, MD    
     
/s/ Tina Spires   Director
Tina Spires    
     
/s/ HongLiang Ren   Director
HongLiang Ren    
     
/s/ Bryant E. Fong   Director
Bryant E. Fong    
     
/s/ Marc A. Hamer   Director
Marc A. Hamer    
     
/s/ Wanlei Miao   Director
Wanlei Miao    
     

 

  80 
Table of Contents  

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2022 and for the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021    
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 206)   F-2
Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2022 and 2021   F-3
Statements of Operations for the year ended March 31, 2022 and for the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021   F-4
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended March 31, 2022 and for the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021   F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended March 31, 2022 and for the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021   F-6
Notes to Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2022 and for the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021   F-7

 

 

 F-1 
 Index  

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2021 and 2022, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ (deficit), and cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2022 and the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2021 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2022 and the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Going Concern Matter

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company’s business plan is dependent on the completion of a business combination within a prescribed period of time and if not completed will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. The date for mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

/s/ MaloneBailey, LLP

www.malonebailey.com

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2021.

Houston, Texas

June 24, 2022 

 

 F-2 
 Index  

 

 

           
Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp.
Balance Sheets
(Audited)
       
   March 31, 2022  March 31, 2021
Assets          
           
Current assets          
Cash  $877,099   $500,067 
Prepaid expenses   315,306    37,500 
Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account   127,760,867       
Total current assets   128,953,272    537,567 
           
Total assets  $128,953,272   $537,567 
           
Liabilities and Stockholders’ (Deficit)          
           
Current liabilities          
Accrued expenses - related party  $21,000   $40,000 
Accrued expenses   15,712    862 
Loan payable - related party   500,000       
Due to related party         100 
Total current liabilities   536,712    40,962 
           
Non-current liabilities          
Accrued expenses - related party         6,000 
Loan payable - related party         500,000 
Deferred underwriting commissions   4,427,500       
Total non-current liabilities   4,427,500    506,000 
           
Total liabilities   4,964,212    546,962 
           
Commitments          
Common stock subject to possible redemption, 12,650,000 shares at $10.10 per share   127,765,000       
           
Stockholders’ (Deficit)          
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, -0- shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2022 and 2021            
Class A Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 620,700 and -0- shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively   62       
Class B Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 3,162,500 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021   316    316 
Additional paid-in capital         49,684 
Accumulated deficits   (3,776,318)   (59,395)
Total Stockholders’ (Deficit)   (3,775,940)   (9,395)
           
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ (Deficit)  $128,953,272   $537,567 
           
           
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of audited financial statement

 

 F-3 
 Index  

 

 

       
DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.
Statements of Operations
(Audited)
       
   For the Year Ended
March 31, 2022
  For the Period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021
           
Operating expense          
Officers compensation  $60,000   $46,000 
General and administrative expenses   349,912    13,395 
Total operating expense   409,912    59,395 
           
Other income          
Unrealized (loss) from the trust account   (4,133)      
Total other income   (4,133)      
           
Net (loss) before income tax   (414,045)   (59,395)
           
Income tax            
           
Net income (loss)   (414,045)   (59,395)
           
Net (loss) per share          
Basic and diluted - Class A  $(0.05)      
Basic and diluted - Class B  $(0.05)  $(0.02)
           
Weighted average number of shares          
Basic and diluted - Class A   5,578,069       
Basic and diluted - Class B   3,162,500    2,750,000 
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited financial statements

 

 

 F-4 
 Index  

 

 

 

                                              
DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.
Statement of Changes in Stockholders' (Deficit)
(Audited)
                            
   Preferred Stock  Class A Common Stock  Class B Common Stock  Additional Paid-in  Accumulated   
   Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficits  Total
Balance, July 8, 2020 (Inception)        $           $           $     $     $     $   
                                              
Class B common stock issued for cash (1)   —            —            3,162,500    316    49,684          50,000 
                                              
Net (loss)   —            —            —                  (59,395)   (59,395)
                                              
Balance, March 31, 2021        $           $      3,162,500   $316   $49,684   $(59,395)  $(9,395)
                                              
Class A common stock issued in IPO   —            12,650,000    1,265    —            126,498,735          126,500,000 
                                              
Offering cost   —            —            —            (2,855,000)         (2,855,000)
                                              
Deferred underwriting commission   —            —            —            (4,427,500)         (4,427,500)
                                              
Class A common stock issued for services   —            101,200    10    —            (10)            
                                              
Sale of 519,500 private units   —            519,500    52    —            5,194,948          5,195,000 
                                              
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption   —            (12,650,000)   (1,265)   —            (127,763,735)         (127,765,000)
                                              
Reclassification from negative additional paid-in capital to accumulated deficit   —            —            —            3,302,878    (3,302,878)      
                                              
Net (loss)   —            —            —                  (414,045)   (414,045)
                                              
Balance, March 31, 2022        $      620,700   $62    3,162,500   $316   $     $(3,776,318)  $(3,775,940)
                                              
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited financial statements

 

 F-5 
 Index  

 

 

 

       
DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.
Statements of Cash Flows
(Audited)
       
   For the Year Ended
March 31, 2022
  For the Period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021
       
Cash flows from operating activities:          
Net (loss)  $(414,045)  $(59,395)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:          
Unrealized loss from the trust account   4,133       
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
Prepaid expenses   (277,806)   (37,500)
Accrued expenses   14,850    862 
Accrued expenses - related parties   (25,000)   46,000 
Net cash (used in) operating activities   (697,868)   (50,033)
           
Cash flows from investing activities:          
Investment of cash in Trust Account   (127,765,000)      
Net cash (used in) investing activities   (127,765,000)      
           
Cash flows from financing activities:          
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid   123,970,000       
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Units   5,195,000       
Payment of offering costs   (325,000)      
Proceeds from notes payable - related parties   —      500,000 
Proceeds from sales of class B common stock   —      50,000 
Due to related party   (100)   100 
Net cash provided by financing activities   128,839,900    550,100 
           
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   377,032    500,067 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period   500,067       
           
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period  $877,099   $500,067 
           
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:          
Cash paid for interest  $     $   
Cash paid for income taxes  $     $   
           
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:          
Initial classification of ordinary shares subject to possible redemption  $127,765,000   $   
Deferred underwriting fee payable  $4,427,500   $   
           
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited financial statements

 

 F-6 
 Index  

  

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 - Organization and Description of Business Operations

 

Deep Medicine Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated on July 8, 2020, under the laws of the State of Delaware for the purpose of entering into a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”). While the Company may, subject to certain limitations, pursue a Business Combination target with operations or prospects in the digital healthcare and AI in medicine sector in the global market.

 

As of March 31, 2022, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2022, relates to the Company’s formation and its initial public offering (“IPO”), which is described below, and subsequent to IPO, identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the cash and marketable securities held in the Trust Account (as defined below). The Company has selected March 31 as its fiscal year end.

 

On October 29, 2021, the Company consummated its IPO of 12,650,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units, the “Public Shares”) at $10.00 per unit, which included 1,650,000 Units issued pursuant to the full exercise by the Underwriters (as defined below) of their over-allotment option, and the private sale of an aggregate of 519,500 Units (the “Private Placement Units” and with respect to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units, the “Private Placement Shares”) to its sponsor, Bright Vision Sponsor LLC (the “Sponsor”) and I-Bankers Securities, Inc. (“I-Bankers”) at a purchase price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, generating gross proceeds of $5,195,000 to the Company that closed simultaneously with the closing of the IPO (see Note 3). The Company’s securities have been listed on the Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”). On December 2, 2021, the Company’s Units no longer traded, and shares of the Company’s Class A common stock and rights underlying the Units commenced trading separately.

 

Transaction costs amounted to $7,282,500 consisting of $2,530,000 in cash of underwriting commissions, $4,427,500 of business combination marketing fee, and $325,000 of other offering costs.

 

Upon the closing of the IPO on October 29, 2021, the Company deposited $127,765,000 ($10.10 per Unit) from the proceeds of the IPO and certain proceeds of the sales of Private Placement Units in the trust account (“Trust Account”), located in the United States and invested only in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting certain conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds held in the Trust Account, as described below.

 

Following the closing of the IPO, cash of $764,101 was held outside of the Trust Account (as defined below) and is available for working capital purposes. As of March 31, 2022, the Company had available cash of $877,099 on its balance sheet and a working capital of $655,693.

 

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the Private Placement Units, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete a Business Combination with one or more operating businesses or assets that together have an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if permitted, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting commissions) at the time of the Company’s signing a definitive agreement in connection with its initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires an interest in the target business or assets sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). 

 F-7 
 Index  

  

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 - Organization and Description of Business Operations (Continued)

  

The Company will provide its stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company. The stockholders will be entitled to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the amount held in the Trust Account (initially $10.10 per share), calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of a Business Combination, including any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations. The shares of Class A common stock will be recorded at redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the IPO, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”

 

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such completion of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination.

 

If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor has agreed to (i) waive its redemption rights with respect to their Private Placement Shares in connection with the completion of the Business Combination, (ii) waive its redemption rights with respect to their Private Placement Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation (a) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete the Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (b) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity and (iii) waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Private Placement Shares if the Company fails to complete the Business Combination within the Combination Period. In addition, the Sponsor has agreed to vote any share it held in favor of the Business Combination.

 

Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem its Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed Business Combination.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Company’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

The Company will have until October 29, 2022 (or April 29, 2023 if the Company may extend the period of time to consummate a Business Combination) (the “Combination Period”) to complete a Business Combination. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

 

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares (as defined below) and Private Placement Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsor acquires Public Shares in or after the IPO, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their business combination marketing fees

 F-8 
 Index  

  

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 - Organization and Description of Business Operations (Continued)

 

(see Note 5) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the IPO price per Unit ($10.10).

 

The Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company, if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or by a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.10 per Public Share or (2) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account. 

 

Underwriting Agreement and Business Combination Marketing Agreement 

The Company engaged I-Bankers as the representative of the underwriters (the “Underwriters”) in the IPO of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share (“Shares”), for $110 million and the simultaneous listing on Nasdaq. Pursuant to that certain underwriting agreement, I-Bankers acted as the representative of the Underwriters of the IPO for 11,000,000 Units at $10.00 per Unit, plus an over-allotment option equal to 15% of the number of Units offered, or 1,650,000 Units, which was exercised in full simultaneously upon the closing of the IPO. The Company paid I-Bankers underwriters’ commission of $2,530,000, equal to 2.0% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO for such services upon the consummation of the IPO (exclusive of any applicable finders’ fees which might become payable). 

Upon the closing of the IPO, the Company issued to I-Bankers a five-year warrant to purchase 632,500 Shares of Class A common stock, equal to 5.0% of the Shares issued in the IPO (“Representative Warrants”). The exercise price of Representative Warrants is $12.00 per Share. In addition, I-Bankers was issued 101,200 shares of Class A common stock upon the consummation of IPO (“Representative Shares”). 

In addition, under a business combination marketing agreement, the Company has engaged I-Bankers as an advisor in connection with the Business Combination and will pay I-Bankers a cash fee for such marketing services upon the consummation of the Business Combination in an amount equal to, in the aggregate, 3.5% of the gross proceeds of the IPO, including any proceeds from the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The fee will become payable to the Underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement. 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company has principally financed its operations from inception using proceeds from the sale of its equity securities to its shareholders prior to the IPO, proceeds from related party loan and such amount of proceeds from the IPO that were placed in an account outside of the Trust Account for working capital purposes. Until the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company will be using the funds not held in the Trust Account for identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing due diligence on prospective target businesses, paying for travel expenditures, selecting the target business to acquire, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Business Combination. 

 F-9 
 Index  

  

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 - Organization and Description of Business Operations (Continued)

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources (Continued)

As of March 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had a loan payable to the Sponsor in amount of $500,000 with zero interest (the “Loan”). Pursuant to the promissory note between the Company and the Sponsor, the Loan is unsecured, and the Sponsor agrees to fund the Company in amount of up to $500,000. Under no circumstances shall any individual, including but not limited to any officer, director, employee or stockholder of the Company, be obligated personally for any obligations or liabilities of the Loan. These amounts will be repaid upon completion of an initial Business Combination.

 

The Company may need to raise additional capital through loans or additional investments from its Sponsor, shareholders, officers, directors, or third parties. The Company’s officers, directors and Sponsor may, but are not obligated to (other than as described above), loan the Company funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion, to meet the Company’s working capital needs. Accordingly, the Company may not be able to obtain additional financing. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital, it may be required to take additional measures to conserve liquidity, which could include, but not necessarily be limited to, curtailing operations, suspending the pursuit of a potential transaction, and reducing overhead expenses. The Company cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to it on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.

 

Risks and Uncertainties

 

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations, and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of this financial statement. The financial statement does not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Going Concern and Management’s Plan 

 

The Company expects to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans and will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial business combination. In addition, the Company expects to have negative cash flows from operations as it pursues an initial business combination target. In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern” the Company does not currently have adequate liquidity to sustain operations, which consist solely of pursuing a Business Combination.

 

The Company may raise additional capital through loans or additional investments from the Sponsor or its shareholders, officers, directors, or third parties. The Company’s officers and directors and the Sponsor may, but are not obligated to (except as described above), loan the Company funds, from time to time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion, to meet the Company’s working capital needs. Based on the foregoing, the Company believes it will have sufficient cash to meet its needs through the earlier of consummation of a Business Combination or the deadline to complete a Business Combination pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (unless otherwise amended by shareholders).

 

While the Company expects to have sufficient access to additional sources of capital if necessary, there is no current commitment on the part of any financing source to provide additional capital and no assurances can be provided that such additional capital will ultimately be available. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of time within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise additional capital (to the extent ultimately necessary) or to consummate a Business Combination will be successful or successful within the Combination Period. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

As is customary for a special purpose acquisition company, if the Company is not able to consummate a Business Combination during the Combination Period, it will cease all operations and redeem the Public Shares. Management plans to continue its efforts to consummate a Business Combination during the Combination Period.

 F-10 
 Index  

  

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 2 - Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation 

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act and modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statement and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statement, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company had $877,099 and $500,067 in cash as of March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and no cash equivalent as of March 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account

 

At March 31, 2022, substantially all of the assets held in the Trust Account were held in money market funds, which are invested primarily in U.S. Treasury securities. The Company’s investments held in the Trust Account are classified as trading securities. Trading securities are presented on the balance sheet at fair value at the end of each reporting period. Gains and losses resulting from the change in fair value of investments held in Trust Account are included in interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account in the accompanying statements of operations. The estimated fair values of investments held in Trust Account are determined using available market information. As of March 31, 2022 and 2021, the marketable securities held in the Trust Account were $127,760,867 and $0, respectively.

 F-11 
 Index  

  

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 2 - Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

 

The Company accounts for its common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Common stock subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s common stock feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, common stock subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

 

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable common stock to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Immediately upon the closing of the IPO, the Company recognized the remeasurement from initial book value to redemption value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable common stock resulted in charges against additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit.

 

At March 31, 2022, the common stock subject to redemption reflected in the balance sheet are reconciled in the following table:

 

Changes In Redemption Value

 

         
Gross proceeds   $ 126,500,000  
Less:        
Common stock issuance costs     (2,855,000 )
Plus:        
Remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value     4,110,867  
Common stock subject to possible redemption   $ 127,760,867  

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.

 

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities: 

 F-12 
 Index  

  

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 2 - Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
   
Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
   
Level 3: Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

 

Warrants

 

ASC Topic 480 requires a reporting entity to classify certain freestanding financial instruments as liabilities (or in some cases as assets). ASC 480-10-S99 addresses concerns raised by the SEC regarding the financial statement classification and measurement of securities subject to mandatory redemption requirements or whose redemption is outside the control of the issuer. If the stock subject to mandatory redemption provisions represents the only shares in the reporting entity, it must report instruments in the liabilities section of its statement of financial position. The stock subject must then describe them as shares subject to mandatory redemption, so as to distinguish the instruments from other financial statement liabilities. The Company concludes that the warrants to I-Bankers do not exhibit any of the above characteristics and, therefore, are outside the scope of ASC 480. The warrants were issued in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity.

Stock Based Compensation 

The Company recognizes compensation costs to employees under FASB Accounting Standards Codification 718 “Compensation - Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, companies are required to measure the compensation costs of share-based compensation arrangements based on the grant-date fair value and recognize the costs in the financial statements over the period during which employees are required to provide services. Share based compensation arrangements include stock options and warrants. As such, compensation cost is measured on the date of grant at their fair value. Such compensation amounts, if any, are amortized over the respective vesting periods of the option grant. 

On July 8, 2020, the inception date, the Company adopted ASU No. 2018-07 “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting.” These amendments expand the scope of Topic 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation (which currently only includes share-based payments to employees) to include share-based payments issued to nonemployees for goods or services. Consequently, the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees and employees will be substantially aligned.

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740 Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires a valuation allowance to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. 

 F-13 
 Index  

 

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 2 - Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Income Taxes (Continued)

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim period, disclosure and transition. Based on the Company’s evaluation, it has been concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s financial statements. Since the Company was incorporated on July 8, 2020, the evaluation was performed for 2020 tax year which is the only period subject to examination. The Company believes that its income tax positions and deductions would be sustained on audit and does not anticipate any adjustments that would result in a material changes to its financial position. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with audits is to record such items as a component of income tax expense.

The provision for income taxes was deemed to be immaterial for the years ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.

 Net Loss per Share of Common Stock 

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements ASC Topic 260, “Earnings per Share.” Net loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding for the period, excluding shares of common stock subject to forfeiture. At March 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into shares of common stock and then share in the earnings (loss) of the Company. As a result, diluted loss per share of common stock is the same as basic loss per share of common stock for the period. 

Earnings Per Share Table 

 

    For the Year Ended March 31, 2022   For the Period from July 8, 2020 (inception) through March 31, 2021  
           
Numerator:                
Net loss     $ (414,045 ) $ (59,395 )
                 
Denominator:                
Basic and diluted loss per share – Class A     $ (0.05 )      
Basic and diluted loss per share – Class B     $ (0.05 ) $ (0.02 )
Denominator for basic and diluted earnings per share - Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding during the period       5,578,069        
Denominator for basic and diluted earnings per share - Weighted-average shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding during the period       3,162,500     2,750,000  
                   

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts. 

 F-14 
 Index  

 

 

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 2 - Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”) to simplify accounting for certain financial instruments. ASU 2020-06 eliminates the current models that require separation of beneficial conversion and cash conversion features from convertible instruments and simplifies the derivative scope exception guidance pertaining to equity classification of contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard also introduces additional disclosures for convertible debt and freestanding instruments that are indexed to and settled in an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 amends the diluted earnings per share guidance, including the requirement to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments. ASU 2020-06 is effective January 1, 2022 and should be applied on a full or modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted beginning on January 1, 2021. The adoption of ASU 2020-06 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

Note 3 - Public Offering

 

At the IPO, the Company sold 12,650,000 Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit, which included 1,650,000 Units issued pursuant to the full exercise by the Underwriters of their over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $126,500,000. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A common stock”), and one right to receive one-tenth of one share of Class A common stock upon the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination (see Note 6).

 

A total of $127,765,000 of the net proceeds from the IPO and the sale of the Private Placement Units was placed in a U.S.-based Trust Account maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting as trustee. 

 

Note 4 - Related Party Transactions

 

Founder Shares

 

On March 15, 2021, the Sponsor purchased 2,875,000 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000.

 

In October 2021, the Company effected a 0.1 for 1 stock dividend for each share of Class B common stock outstanding (which has been accounted for as a stock split) of 287,500 shares of Class B common stock, which resulted in an aggregate of 3,162,500 shares of Class B common stock outstanding. All share and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share dividend.

 

The Founder Shares include an aggregate of up to 412,500 shares of Class B common stock subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment is not exercised in full or in part, so that the number of Founder Shares will collectively represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares upon the completion of the IPO. On October 29, 2021, the Underwriters exercised the over-allotment option in full. As a result, no Founder Shares are subject to forfeiture.

 

The Sponsor has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell 50% of the Founder Shares until the earlier of (i) six months after the date of the consummation of the Business Combination or (ii) the date on which the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for stock sub-divisions, stock dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after the Business Combination and the remaining 50% of the Founder Shares may not be transferred, assigned or sold until six months after the date of the consummation of the Business Combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to the Business Combination, the Company consummates a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

 F-15 
 Index  

  

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 4 - Related Party Transactions (Continued)

 

Private Placement

 

Concurrently with the closing of the IPO, the Sponsor and the Underwriters purchased an aggregate of 519,500 Private Placement Units, generating gross proceeds of $5,195,000 in aggregate in a private placement. Each Private Placement Unit will consist of one share of Class A common stock and one right. Each right underlying the Private Placement Unit (the "Private Placement Right") will entitle the holder to receive one-tenth of one share of Class A common stock at the closing of a Business Combination. The proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Units have been added to the net proceeds from the IPO held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Units will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the Private Placements Units and all underlying securities will expire worthless.

 

The Private Placement Units (including the underlying Private Placement Rights, the Private Placement Shares and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the Private Placement Rights) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination (except as described under the section of the IPO prospectus entitled “Principal Stockholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Units”). Following such period, the Private Placement Units (including the underlying Private Placement Rights, the Private Placement Shares and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the Private Placement Rights) will be transferable, assignable or salable, except that the Private Placement Units will not trade.

 

Accrued Expenses - Related Parties 

As of March 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had accrued expenses – related parties in amount of $21,000 and $46,000, respectively, of which $6,000 was in connection with the accrued non-cash compensation to the Company’s management and directors. Pursuant to the executed Offer Letters, the Company agreed to pay the Company’s Chief Financial Officer $5,000 in cash per month starting from August 1, 2020, and the Company’s officers and directors an aggregate of 300,000 post Business Combination shares within  10 days following the Business Combination, with the same lock-up restrictions and registration rights as the Founder Shares. The fair value of this stock issuance was determined by the fair value of the Company’s Common Stock on the grant date, at a price of $0.02 per share. As of March 31, 2022 and 2021, the accrued expenses related to the cash compensation to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer was $15,000 and $40,000, respectively. 

 

Loan Payable – Related Party 

As of March 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had a loan payable to the Sponsor in amount of $500,000 with zero interest (the “Loan”). Pursuant to the promissory note between the Company and the Sponsor, the Loan is unsecured, and the Sponsor agrees to fund the Company in an amount of up to $500,000. Under no circumstances shall any individual, including but not limited to any officer, director, employee or stockholder of the Company, be obligated personally for any obligations or liabilities of the Loan. The proceeds of the Loan are used to pay a portion of the offering expenses of the IPO. These amounts will be repaid upon completion of an initial Business Combination. 

 

Working Capital Loans

 

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor, an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1.5 million of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into private placement-equivalent units at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the Private Placement Units. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. As of March 31, 2022 and 2021, no Working Capital Loans were outstanding.

 F-16 
 Index  

 

 

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 5 - Commitments and Contingency

 

Registration Rights

 

The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Units (and their underlying securities), the Representative Shares, the Representative Warrants (and their underlying securities), the 300,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable to the Company’s directors and officers within 10 days following the Business Combination and any Units that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans (and their underlying securities) will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the IPO requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to Class A common stock). The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The registration rights agreement does not contain liquidated damages or other cash settlement provisions resulting from delays in registering the Company’s securities. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

 

Underwriting Agreement

 

The Company had granted the Underwriters a 30-day option from the date of IPO to purchase up to 1,650,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the IPO price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Simultaneously upon the closing of the IPO, the Underwriters exercised the over-allotment option in full. As such, the Underwriters were paid an underwriting discount and commission of $0.20 per Unit, or $2,530,000 in the aggregate payable upon the closing of the IPO, and I-Bankers was entitled to a business combination marketing fee of $4,427,500 in the aggregate, which is held in the Trust Account and payable upon completion of the Business Combination.

  

Note 6 - Stockholders’ Equity 

 

The Company is authorized to issue a total of 111,000,000 shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, consisting of (a) 110,000,000 shares of common stock, including (i) 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, and (b) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock (the “Preferred Stock”).

 

As of March 31, 2022, there were 620,700 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, excluding 12,650,000 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption which are presented as temporary equity. As of March 31, 2021, there was 0 share of Class A common stock issued and outstanding.

 

As of March 31, 2022 and 2021, there were 3,162,500 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding, which such amount having been restated to reflect a 0.1 for 1 stock dividend for each share of Class B common stock outstanding in October 2021.

 

As of March 31, 2022 and 2021, no share of Preferred Stock was issued or outstanding. The designations, voting and other rights and preferences of the Preferred Stock may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. 

 F-17 
 Index  

  

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 6 - Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)

 

Rights

Each holder of a right will receive one-tenth (1/10) of one share of Class A common stock upon consummation of a Business Combination. In the event the Company will not be the surviving entity upon completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination, each holder of a public right will automatically receive the 1/10 share of Class A common stock underlying such public right (without paying any additional consideration); and each holder of a Private Placement Right or right underlying Units to be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans will be required to affirmatively convert its rights in order to receive the 1/10 share of Class A common stock underlying each right (without paying any additional consideration). If the Company is unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the required time period and public stockholders redeem the public shares for the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of rights will not receive any such funds in exchange for their rights and the rights will expire worthless. The Company will not issue fractional shares upon conversion of the rights. If, upon conversion of the rights, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company will, upon exchange, comply with Section 155 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Company will make the determination of how to treat fractional shares at the time of its initial Business Combination and will include such determination in the proxy materials that it will send to stockholders for their consideration of such initial Business Combination.

 

If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their rights, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such rights, and the rights will expire worthless. Further, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the rights upon consummation of a Business Combination. 

 

Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the rights, and the rights may expire worthless.

 

Representative Warrants and Representative Shares

 

Upon the closing of the IPO, the Company issued to the Underwriters Representative Warrants, the exercise price of which will be $12.00 per Share, and 101,200 Representative Shares.  

 

The Representative Warrants shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing the later of October 26, 2022 and the closing of the Company’s initial Business Combination and terminating on October 29, 2026. The Company accounted for the 632,500 warrants as an expense of the IPO resulting in a charge directly to stockholders’ equity. The fair value of Representative Warrants was estimated to be approximately $1,333,482 (or $2.11 per warrant) using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of the Representative Warrants granted to the Underwriters was estimated as of the date of grant using the following assumptions: (1) expected volatility of 35%, (2) risk-free interest rate of 1.18% and (3) expected life of five years. The Representative Warrants and the shares of Class A common stock underlying Representative Warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up immediately following October 29, 2021 pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1).

 

The Representative Warrants grants to holders demand and “piggy back” rights for periods of five and seven years from October 29, 2021. The Company will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities, other than underwriting commissions which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Representative Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or the Company’s recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the Representative Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of Class A common stock at a price below its exercise price.

 

The Underwriters agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Representative Shares without the Company’s prior written consent until the completion of the Business Combination. The Underwriters agreed (i) to waive its redemption rights with respect to such shares in connection with the completion of the initial Business Combination and (ii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Representative Shares if the Company fails to complete its initial Business Combination within Combination Period. The shares have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a lock-up for a period of 180 days immediately following October 29, 2021 pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1).

 F-18 
 Index  

 

DEEP MEDICINE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 7 - Fair Value Measurements

 


The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2022 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

 

          March 31,  
Description   Level     2022  
Assets:            
Marketable securities held in Trust Account     1     $ 127,760,867  

 

There was no such presentation as of March 31, 2021 since the IPO was not consummated until October 29, 2021.

 

 

 F-19 
 Index